Pharmacy Study Plan

University of Novi Sad
Faculty of Medicine
Hajduk Veljkova 3, 21000 Novi Sad, Republic of Serbia
Tel: +381 21 420 677 Fax: +381 21 66 24 153 e-mail: dekanmf@uns.ac.rs
Integrated Academic Studies in Pharmacy

Study Plan 2009
www.medical.uns.ac.rs
PHARMACY
5 YEARS 300 ECTS (Integrated 1st and 2 nd level study)
Professional title acquired: MASTER OF PHARMACY
Access to further study: PhD study; Academic Specialization Study
Accreditation (see page 4.): National Committe for Accreditation and Quality Control, Decision
No. 612-00-208/2009-04 dated 09 April, 2010
The Structure of the Study Program

The study program of INTEGRATED ACADEMIC STUDIES OF PHARMACY last 5
years, that is 10 semesters, with a total of 4440 hours of teaching. Teaching is conducted in the form
of lectures (2415 hours), practice classes (1770 hours), seminars, field courses (105 hours), thematic
workshops, practice and undergraduate research tasks for students with the aim of making the
diploma paper (150 hours).
Total student workload through all forms of education provided is expressed in number of
300 ECTS points. Implementation was carried out according to the non-modular ECTS system
(courses can have different number of points so that the total number of points in one academic year
equals 60). Number of points for each course is determined in relation to the tasks that the student
needs to carry put to achieve the aim of the course. Student receives points provided for the course
after passing the final exam. Graduation Paper is in submitted in the 10th semester, and carries 20
ECTS. Students must attend and pass the 45 compulsory and 7 elective courses, and defend their
Graduation Paper.
The most important teaching methods include:
1. Interactive theoretical teaching
2. Practical work in laboratories
3. Seminars
4. Field instruction
Interactive theoretical instruction is characterized by a discussion of teachers with students
on the teaching topic and provides students with a better understanding of the content in comparison
to the classical theoretical teaching ex cathedra. This form of teaching is characterized by the use of
multimedia presentations as the most modern teaching method of presentation.
Practical work of students in the laboratories is performed as a demonstration of certain
procedures or skills with the active participation of students and as independent and experimental
work of the students with the defined goal (the result of analysis, synthesis, etc.).
Seminars allow students to be independent and trained in the use of literature, electronic databases
and presentation of selected topics that are covered with minimal support from teachers and
assistants.
Field instruction enables students to carry out activities that can not be adequately realized
in the laboratory (e. g. collecting and processing of plant material) or to become familiar with
certain aspects of the profession in real life conditions (e. g. visits to production plants).
The Purpose of the Curriculum
The purpose of this study program is education of graduate pharmacists, and Masters of
Pharmacy, who are trained for independent work at positions which require higher education in the
pharmaceutical industry, the healthcare system, regulatory bodies and educational institutions.
Masters of Pharmacy will be able to work on the development of new drugs (including preclinical
and clinical testing of drugs), the production of medicines, quality control of drugs, the
procurement, storage and dispensing, the pharmaceutical care of patients and research in the field of
pharmacy.
To this main purpose the following are added:
2
Effective study
A higher level of expertise and scientific competence of graduates of pharmacy as a general
social and national interest
Harmonization of the curriculum with programs of European higher education institutions
involved in education of pharmacists (from the aspect of quality, scope and methodological
approach), which would allow greater mobility of students and teachers
The introduction of standards in the process of evaluating the knowledge, skills and
professional competence that are comparable with EU standards, so that the pharmacy
students be equal with their colleagues in the European region.
Objectives of the Curriculum

The basic aim is to enable students to independently perform activities related to the design,
production, quality assessment and use of drugs. Graduates will be thoroughly acquainted
with the composition of drugs, their chemical and physical properties, their production and
use, and methods which to examine the purity and strength of a medication. In addition, the
study program will enable graduate students to understand the effect of drugs on the human
body and how they can used in the most rational manner for diagnosis, prevention and
treatment of diseases.
Specific aims are:
o to provide a deeply rooted knowledge of the basic principles of chemistry, biology
and physics that can be used in pharmacy
o to train graduate students to apply these principles to solve specific problems in
pharmacy
o to ensure the acquisition of specific skills for experimental design and analysis of
experimental data
o to promote understanding of the pharmaceutical profession as a discipline oriented
towards the patient, and master the role of a pharmacist within the health care system
and pharmaceutical industry
o to encourage the development of communication skills with patients and ability to
use modern information technology for the benefit of patients
o to develop the ability for individual and group work
o to encourage and stimulate technical and scientific curiosity, and enthusiasm for
acquiring new knowledge, which will be a solid basis for permanent learning and
professional development
The Competencies of Graduates
Upon completion of the study program of Integrated Academic Studies of Pharmacy
graduate student acquires the academic title of Master of Pharmacy and is qualified to perform
pharmaceutical services after doing internship service and passing the professional examination in
accordance with the provisions of the Rules of Apprenticeship and Professional Examination of
ealth Workers and Health Assistants (Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia 50/06).
CURRICULUM 2009-2010
PHARMACY STUDY
I-YEAR OF STUDY
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Br. code
BIOMATHEMATHICS
Hours/week
Hours/year
ECTS Condition for:
Assessment
WS SS
L P L P L
P Total IA
attend. exam
2 2 0 0 30 30 60
4
5 10
1.
FI-BMAT
2.
FI-BFIZ
3.
FI-OHEM
4.
FI-AN/HS
ANATOMY WITH
HISTOLOGY IN
PHARMACY
6 4 0 0 90
60
150
5.
FI-OBOT
GENERAL BOTANY
1 2 0 0 15
30
45
6.
FI-ZSTA
HEALTH STATISTICS
IN PHARMACY
0 0 3 3 45
45
90
7.
FI-FHEM
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY
0 0 2 2 30
30
60
8.
FI-NHEM
INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
0 0 3 2 45
30
75
9.
FI-FFI
10.
FI-SBILj
BIOPHYSICS
GENERAL
CHEMISTRY
2 2 0 0 30
30
60
3 2 0 0 45
30
75
5 10
5 10
12
5 10
5 10
PHARMACEUTICAL
0 0 6 4 90 60 150
PHYSIOLOGY I
PLANT SYSTEMATICS 0 0 1 2 15 30 45
Active
435 375 810
Total
teaching
1.
5 10
2.
5 10
3.
5 10
12
4.
5 10
5.
5 10
60
ENGLISH LANGUAGE COURSE IS OPTIONAL THROUGHOUT ENTIRE STUDY PERIOD.
II -YEAR OF STUDY
COURSE DESCRIPTION
NR CODE
11.
FII-AHEI
Hours/week
WS
SS
Hours/year
L P L P L
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY I
P Total IA
2 3 0 0 30 45 75
12. FII-ORHEI
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY I
13.
PHARMACEUTICAL
6 4 0 0 90 60 150
PHYSIOLOGY II
FII-FFII
14. FII-HUGE HUMAN GENETICS

15.
FII-SFIZ
16. FII-AHEII
17.
FIIORHEII
18.
FII-FHNJ
19.
FII-IFA
20.
FII-FGNI
21.
FII-UNIR
3 2 0 0 45 30
75
1 1 0 0 15 15
30
SOCIAL
PHARMACY AND
LEGISLATION
4 2 0 0 60 30
90
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY II
0 0 2 3 30 45
75
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY II
0 0 2 3 30 45
75
PHARMACEUTIC
CHEMISTRY OF
INORGANIC
COMPOUNDS
INSTRUMENTAL
PHARMACEUTICAL
ANALYSIS
PHARMACOGNOSY
I
INTRODUCTION TO
RESEARCH
SCIENTIFIC WORK
Total
ECTS
ESPB
Condition
for:
Assessment
attend. exam
3. and
8.
5 10
3. i 8.
5 10
11
9.
5 10
5 10
5 10
3. and
8.
11
5 10
3. and
8.
12
5 10
11
5 10
11
7.
10
0 0 1 2 15 30
45
-
0 0 6 4 90 60 150
0 0 1 2 15 30
45
0 0 4 0 60
60
Active
480 390 870
teaching
5 10
12
5 10
5 10
60
III -YEAR OF STUDY

Hours/week
Hours/year
ECTS Condition for:
WS SS
Assessment
ESPB
exam
Br. Code
L P L P L P Total IA
attend.
FIII- PHARMACEUTICAL
5
18.
5 10
2 3 0 0 30 45 75
22. FRHEI
CHEMISTRY I
COURSE DESCRIPTION
GENERAL
CHEMISTRY
23.
FIIIOBIH
24.
FIII-PFII
25.
FIIIIM/VR
IMMUNOLOGY
WITH VIROLOGY
FOR PHARMACISTS
4 3 0 0 60 45 105
26.
FIIIFGNII
PHARMACOGNOSY
II
1 2 0 0 15 30
45
27.
FIIIFRHEII
PHARMACEUTICAL
CHEMISTRY II
0 0 2 3 30 45
75
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
0 0 4 2 60 30
II
90
28. FIII-PFIII
29.
FIIIOFAR
4 0 0 0 60
60
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
4 1 0 0 60 15
I
75
GENERAL
PHARMACOLOGY
12. and 17.
5 10
13. and 14.
5 10
14.
5 10
20.
5 10
0 0 6 4 90 60 150
GENERAL AND
SPECIAL
FIII- BACTERIOLOGY
30. BK/PAR
0 0 4 2
WITH
PARASITOLOGY FOR
PHARMACISTS
GENERAL
0 0 1 1
31. FIII-OFT
PHYTOTHERAPY
ELECTIVE
1. Chemometrics
2. Selected Chapters in
Molecular Biology
0 0 4 1
32. FIII-IP
3. New Chapters in
Immunology
4. Pharmacy and
Society
Active
Total
teaching
25
5
6
12. and 13.
11
12.
60 30
90
15 15
30
23
5 10
5 10
5 10
21
6
5 10
5 10
60 15
75
540 330 870
60
Passed
correspond.
exam
5 10
IV YEAR OF STUDY
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Br. Code
33.
FIVANLE
DRUG ANALYSIS
MEDICAL
BIOCHEMISTRY
SPECIAL
35. FIV-SFAI
PHARMACOLOGY I
PHARMACEUTICAL
36. FIV-FTI
TECHNOLOGY I
FIV- ANALYSIS OF FOOD
37. ISNMR
PRODUCTS
FIV- SPECIAL
38. SFAII
PHARMACOLOGY II
PHARMACEUTICAL
39. FIV-FTII
TECHNOLOGY II
34.
FIVMEBI
Hours/week
Hours/year
ECTS Condition for:
WS SS
Assessment
attend. exam
2 4 0 0 30 60 90
6 19. and 27.
5 10
4 2 0 0 60 30
90
6 1 0 0 90 15 105
1 3 0 0 15 45
60
5 2 0 0 75 30 105
0 0 5 1 75 15
90
0 0 1 3 15 45
60
25.
5 10
24., 28. and

29.
5 10
27.
5 10
34.
5 10
24., 28. and

35.
29.
5 10
36.
5 10
40.
FIVBFAR
BIOPHARMACY
0 0 1 2 15 30
45
41.
FIVTOAN
TOXICOLOGY
WITH ANALYTICS
0 0 2 4 30 60
90
42.
FIV-IPI
ELECTIVE I
0 0 4 1 60 15
75
43.
FIV-IPII
ELECTIVE II
75
0 4 1 60 15
29.
5 10
27
5 10
Passed
correspond.
exam
Passed
correspond.
exam
5 10
5 10
ELECTIVES I and II
1. Clinical Biochemistry
2. Waters in Pharmacy
3. Analysis of Natural Products
4. Quality Systems in Food Safety and Dietetic Products Management
5. Validation of Analytical Methods
6. Drug Stability
7. Mathematic Models in Pharmacy
8. Introduction in Clinical Medicina
Total
Active
525 360 885
teaching
60
V -YEAR OF STUDY
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Br. Code
Hours/week
Hours/year
ECTS Condition for:
WS SS
Assessment
ESPB
attend. exam
44.
FV- FTIII
PHARMACEUTICAL
TECHNOLOGY III
15
45
60
39. and 40.
5 10
45.
FV-FKIN
PHARMACOKINETICS
60
45
105
37, 38 and
40.
5 10
46.
FV-KFAR
75
15
90
47.
FV-IFIK
CLINICAL PHARMACY
BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL
PHARMACY AND
COSMETOLOGY
15
30
45
48.
FV- IPI
ELECTIVE I
60
15
75
49.
FV- IPII
ELECTIVE II
60
15
75
45.
44.
5 10
5 10
Passed
correspond.
exam
Passed
correspond.
exam
5 10
5 10
ELECTIVES I and II
1. Pharmacoeconomics
2. Pharmacodynamics
3 Preparation Bioequivalence
4. Pharmacotherapy in Internal Medicine
5. Pharmacotherapy in Infectious Diseases
6. Specifity of Pharmacotherapy in Surgery
7. Pharmacotherapy in Neurology and Psychiatry
8. Therapy of Malignant Chemopathies and Neoplasms
50.
FV-PREF
PRACTICAL
PHARMACOLOGY AND
PHARMACEUTICAL
TECHNOLOGY*
51.
FV-IPIII
ELECTIVE III
60
15
75
52.
FV-IPIV
ELECTIVE IV
60
15
75
150
20
150
60
30
120
150
Passed
correspond.
exam
Passed
correspond.
exam
Passed
correspond.
exam
5 10
5 10
5 10
ELECTIVES III and IV

1. Selected Chapters in Clinical Pharmacokinetics
2. Dermatovenerology: Diagnostics and Therapy

3. Pain Medication
4. Medication in Pediatrics
5. Medication in Geriatrics
6. Drugs in Gynecology, Pregnancy and Lactation 7. Forensic toxicology
8. Radiopharmacy
53.
FV-ZR
GRADUATION PAPER* *
Active teaching 435
Total
315
750
Research scientific work

TOTAL HOURS - V YEAR
Passed all
exams
900
* Optional practical work beyond Active teaching hours

L Lectures P Practical classes IA Individual activities
*No of ECTS assigned to Graduation Paper according to Statute of UNS
1. BIOMATHEMATICS (FI-BMAT)
STUDY PROGRAM
Integrated studies of Pharmacy
DEPARTMENT
Department of Pharmacy
COURSE TITLE / CODE
BIOMATHEMATICS
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: None
Year of
study
Winter semester (hours/week)
Summer semester (hours/week)
Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
Teaching methods
AIM
3.
4.
5.
6.
ECTS credits
The aim of teaching mathematics is to facilitate students to expand their knowledge in higher mathematics in order to
understand phenomena and rules in the nature and society, to develop their mental abilities, to create a scientific view of
the world and contribute to global development of students, to teach them how to use their mathematical knowledge in
solving various tasks they will face during life.
Knowledge
Students acquire knowledge necessary for understanding quantitative and special relations as well as rules in
various phenomena in the nature, society and everyday life; they acquire basic mathematical culture
necessary to reveal the role and applicacations of mathematics in various areas of human activities.
Skills
Students learn how to communicate using mathematical language, clarity and precision in communication in
written and oral forms. They also learn how to use computer programs for solving mathematical problems.
GOAL
2.
Seminars
Lecture. Practice with and without computer.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
Colloquia
Theoretical classes
Linear algebra. The notion of linear vector space. Matric calculation. Determinants. Systems of linear equations.
Cramer's rule. Gauss Elimination. Linear programming. Graph presentation of linear programming with two variables.
Functions. Basic concepts. Algebra of functions. Function graph. Inverse function. Complex function. Parity, symmetry
and periodicity. Limitation. Monotony. Extremums. Function limits and continuity. Basic functions. Numerical ranges.
Multiple variable functions.
Differential calculus. Derivative functions. Geometrical interpretation of derivatives. Characteristics of different
functions. Basic theorems of differential algebra. Applications of differential algebra. Partial derivative functions with
multiple variables.
Approximations. Approximate numbers. Theory of errors Elements of the theory of errors. Linear and polynomial
approximations. Polynomial interpolation. Approximate equations.
Integral calculus. Undefined integral. Defined integral. Newton-Leibniz theorem. Applications of defined integral.
Numerical integration.
Differential equations. Differential equations; First order differential equations. Second order differential equation.
Linear equations with constant coefficients.
Practical classes
Practical classes are aligned to the lectures. Students practice includes problem solving with or without using computers.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
Optional
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
Petri M., Herceg D., Matematika, Via tehnika kola kola, Novi Sad, 2005.
Herceg D., Nedi J., Radeka I., Kroz matematiku sa Mathematicom, Institut za
Matematiku, Novi Sad, 2001.
Herceg D., Elementi linearne algebre, Symbol, Novi Sad, 2005.
Herceg D., Herceg ., Numerika matematika, Stylos, Novi Sad, 2003.
Herceg D., Matematike formule ITP Zmaj, Novi Sad, 2006.
Students activity assessment (points)

Lectures
Practice
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
56
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
36
Total
100
10
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
2
Dr Goran Radojev, Teaching Ass.
Mirjana trboja, Teaching Ass.
Ass.Prof.
3.
Assoc.Prof.
0
Prof dr Dragoslav Herceg
Full Prof.
Scientist
Head of Department
Prof. dr Jovan Popovi s.r.
11
2. BIOPHYSICS (FI-BFIZ)
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS, FACULTY OF SCIENCES, UNIVERSITY OF NOVI SAD
COURSE TITLE / CODE
BIOPHYSICS
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Year of
study

Lecture
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Lecture and discussion, Experiments and laboratory activities
Teaching methods
AIM
In Biophysics, students learn essential concepts of physics through lectures, demonstrations, laboratory work,
and discussion.
GOAL
1. Physics knowledge basic knowledge of the discipline of physics, including phenomenology,

theories and techniques, concepts and generalizing principles.
2. Problem solving ability to ask physical questions and to obtain solutions to physical
questions by use of qualitative and quantitative reasoning and by experimental investigation
3. Student attributes fostering of important student attributes, including appreciation of the
physical world and the discipline of physics, curiosity, creativity
4. Connections understanding connections of physics to other disciplines
1. Read, understand, and interpret physical information verbal, mathematical and graphical
2. Describe and explain the sequence of steps in the analysis of particular physical phenomenon
3. Use basic mathematical reasoning-arithmetic, algebraic, geometric, trigonometric, of calculus,
where appropriate in a physical situation or problem
4. Perform experiments and interpret the results of observations, including making an assessment
of experimental uncertainties
Knowledge
Skills
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
Mechanics (motion, Newtons laws of dynamics, work and energy, conservation of momentum, rotational motion,
gravitation, mechanics of matter), mechanical oscillations and waves, acoustics, thermodynamics (temperature, heat,
laws of thermodynamics), propagation of light and geometrical optics, Electricity and magnetism (Electric field,
electric potential and energy, charge and current, magnetic field, induction, electric and magnetic properties of
matter, impedance, electric oscillations and waves, wave optics), basic elements of the microscopic structure of
matter (hydrogen atom, simple molecules and solids, structure and decay of nuclei)
Practical classes
This practical course introduces into basic and fundamental experiments which are carried out and evaluated by the
students measurements of density and surface tension, viscosity of fluids, air humidity, pendulum, ideal gases, heat
capacity, Cp/Cv, velocity of sound, Ohms low, lenses, diffraction and dispersion, photometry, electrolysis,
absorption of gamma-rays.
Compulsory
Recommended
Literature
Optional
1. Arthur Beiser, Applied Phyisic, Schaum's vocational and technical series Mc Graw
Hill Book Company, New York 1980, ISBN 0-07-084351-1
1. Teacher produced laboratory and classroom materials
2. Interactive Physics (software)
Student activity assessment (points)
Lectures
Practices
10
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
40
Techn.
Teaching
Lecturer
Teaching staff
Ass. Prof.
2
Assoc. Prof.
30
Total
100
Full Prof.
Scientific
12
4.
5.
6.
prof. dr Miroslav Veskovi, chief

dr Nataa Todorovi, lecturer
dr Maja Stojanovi, assistant
Head of Department
Prof. dr Miroslav Veskovi s.r.
13
3. GENERAL CHEMISTRY (FI-OHEM)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
GENERAL CHEMISTRY
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: None
Year of
study
Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
Teaching methods
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Lectures, experiments, demonstrations, and chemical calculations.
AIM
GOAL
The main aim of this course is to teach students about basic principles and laws in chemistry, chemical reactions,
chemical elements and chemical compounds important for pharmacy. It is a basic course necessary for understanding
a variety of other chemical and pharmaceutical courses.
The goal of this course is offer quality and applicable knowledge, theoretical and practical, necessary for
Knowledge
successful work in all other chemical and pharmaceutical courses and pharmaceutical practice.
Skills
Independent work in chemical laboratories.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Introduction. Basic chemical laws.

Atomic and molecular theory. Atomic and molecular mass.
Aggregate states. Gas laws application.
A natural system of the elements. Basic atomic structures.
Quantummechanical interperetation of the atomic structure.
Periodical changes of elements characteristics. Molecular structure.
Covalent bonding.
Metallic bond. Intermolecular bondings. Energetic effects of chemical reactions.
Solutions.
The basic types of inorganic chemical compounds. Nomenclature.
Chemical kinetics.
Chemical balance.
Water electrolyte solution balance.
Water base solution balance. Buffers.
Water salt solution balance. Balance of hard compounds water solutions.
Oxidereduction processes.
17. Complex compounds.
Practical classes
Chosen experiments and mathematical tasks:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Separation of mixture components.

Basic chemical laws.
Basic types of inorganic chemical compounds.
Solutions.
Characteristics of dilute solutions.
Colloid solutions.
Chemical reaction kinetics and chemical balance.
Electrolyte solution balance.
Water dissociation and the concept of pH.
Buffer or regulation mixtures.
Hydrolysis.
Products of dissolution.
Oxidereduction reactions.
14. Complex compounds.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
1. Nada Perii-JanjiOPTA HEMIJA, NAUKA, Beograd

2. D.Poleti Opta hemija II, TMF, Beograd
3. N.Perii-JanjiPraktikum Opte i neorganske hemije-radna sveska, NAUKA ,Beograd
1. S. ArsenijeviOpta i neorganska hemija, NAUNA KNjIGA,
Beograd
14

Lectures
Practice
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
10
Essay
Other
4 x15*
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
60*
100
30
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Prof dr Nada Perii-Janji

Doc. dr Slobodan Gaduri
3.
4.
5.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
1
1
As. Nataa Boikovi
As. Vesna Tepavevi
Neboja Stelinovi, student dok. studija
*Student takes a written exam if he has not taken a Colloquium during the semester.
Head of Department
15
4. ANATOMY WITH HISTOLOGY IN PHARMACY (FI-AN/HS)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Anatomy and Department of Histology and Embryology
COURSE TITLE / CODE
ANATOMY WITH HISTOLOGY IN PHARMACY

Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: None
Year of
study
1

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
12
Theoretical and practical classes
AIM
Anatomy. The aim of this course is to offer students basics of the systemic anatomy of the locomotion system
(bones, joints, and muscles), splanchnology (respiratory, digestive, cardiovascular, endocrine, urogenital system),
nervous system, and of the sensory system.
Histology. The aim of this course is to gain knowledge and skills necessary for interpretation of medication effects on
certain tissues and organs, as well as for experimental and clinical examination of drug effects on certain tissues and
organs.
GOAL
Anatomy. The main goals of this course is to acquire basic knowledge and skills in systemic, topograph and applied
clinical anatomy, providing easier understanding of the fundamental pharmacological principles of utilization,
resorption, elimination and effects of medicines on certain systems of organs and on the whole organism.
Histology. Students should know:
Knowledge
1. The basic histological characteristics of the epithelial, connective, muscular and nervous tissues with special
emphasis on their vascularization.
2. The basic types of organ structure of the digestive, respiratory, cardiovascular, urinary, genital, endocrine,
immune, nervous and, sensory systems.
Anatomy. Identification of tissues, organs and systems of organs for better understanding the morphological
features of the absorption and reabsorption of substances and active principles, secretion and excretion through
tissues, body fluids and cavities in pharmacological and pharmacotherapeutical processes.
Skills
Histology. Students should be capable of understanding and interpreting effects of certain pharmacodynamic
substances on the normal tissue and organ structure, as well as results of experimental and clinical researches
associated with histophysiological characteristics of some organs and systems of organs.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
Anatomy
1. Osteology
2. Arthrology and Myology
3. Angiology
4. Splanchnology
5. Neurology
6. Senses
Histology. Basic histological characteristics of the organs of digestive, respiratory, cardiovascular, urinary, genital, endocrine, immune,
nervous systems and senses. General structural characteristics of organs within one system of organs. Identification of certain tissues in
the structure of organs and their stratification. Vascularization of certain tissues and organs, as well as potential drug effects on them.
Practical classes
Anatomy
1. Osteology
2. Arthrology and Myology
3. Angiology
4. Splanchnology
5. Neurology
6. Senses
Histology. Demonstration histological preparations of the digestive tract (tongue, salivary gland, esophagus, stomach,
small intestine, liver), respiratory tract (trachea, lungs), cardiovascular system (artery, vein, heart), urinary tract (kidney),
genital tract (testicle, ovary, uterus), nervus system (nerve, spinal cord, cerebellum and cerebrum), skin, endocrine system
(pituitary gland, thyroid gland, adrenal gland) and of the immune system (lymph node, spleen).
16
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
1.
2.
Mihalj M. Anatomija oveka. Educa Novi Sad, 2001.

Anelkovi Z, Somer Lj, Perovi M, Avramovi V, Milenkova Lj, Kostovska N, Petrovi A.
Histoloka graa organa, Bona Fides, Ni 2001.
1.
Junkvera L, Karneiro J. Osnovi histologije, tekst i atlas. Urednici i prevodioci Lakovi V,

Todorovi V. Data Status, beograd, 2005.
Somer Lj, Krnojelac D, olai M.Praktikum iz histologije.Orto Mediks. Novi Sad 2002.
2.

Lectures
Practice
40
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
30+20
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
Teaching
Lecturer
5
7
Anatomy
1. Prof. dr Danica Obradovi
2. Prof. dr Radmila Gudovi
3. Prof. dr Marija Mihalj Milovanov
4. Prof. dr Ljilja Mijatov-Ukropina
5. Prof. dr Ljubica Stoji-Dunja
6. Prof. dr Nada Mihi
7. Asist. mr Sinia Babovi
8. Asist. mr Duica Mari
9. Asist. mr Biljana Srdi
10. Asist. mr Dragan Krivokua
11. Asist. mr Mirela Eri
12. Dr Bojana Krstonoi, Techn.demonstrator
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
1
2
5
Histology
.
1. Prof dr Duan Laloevi, Ass. Prof.
2. Doc. dr Matilda olai
3. Asist. dr Mihaela Mocko-Kaanski
4. Dr Nenad olaji, Techn.demonstrator
5. Dr Tamara Bokovi - Luki, Techn.demonstrator
6. Dr Golub Samardija, Techn.demonstrator
7. Dr Slobodanka Pena , doctoral student
8. Dr. Saa Mijatov, Ass.
Head of Department
Prof. dr Ljilja Mijatov-Ukropina
Prof. dr Ljiljana Somer
17
5. GENERAL BOTANY (FI-OBOT)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
GENERAL BOTANY
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition:
Year of
study
I

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture
Practice
2
lectures, practice, tutorial
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
3
AIM
The main aims of this course are: introduction of students with basic structure of plants, their life cycles, ways of
reproduction, as well as with usage of plant organs for pharmaceutical purposes. Development of skills and practical
application of obtained knowledge.
GOAL
Knowledge
Introduction of students with morphological and anatomical structure of vegetative and reproductive organs, their
functions and basic biotechnological principles. Understanding of structural and functional coordination of organs
and plant organism as a whole. Pharmaceutical usage of vegetative and reproductive organs. Knowledge obtained
during this course are basics for Plant Systematics and Pharmacognosy.
Skills
Development of skills in using light microscope, making microscopic slides, analysis and evaluation of
plant anatomical and morphological characteristics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
18. Botany: introduction, characteristics and the role of plants in nature, classification of botany, relationship between
botany and pharmacy. Citology: introduction, definition of cell and cell types, the structure of plant cell, plasma
membranes, turgor and plasmolysis.
19. Citology: plastids types, structure and roles, pigments. Ergastic substances in cytoplasm (starch and aleuronic grains,
oils, essential oils).
20. Citology: Vacuole, cell sap (carbohydrates, mucilage, pigments, glycosides, tannins, alkaloids, organic acids).
Crystals. The cell wall: structure, chemical composition, plasmodesmata and pits. Secondary changes of the cell wall.
21. Tissues: classification, role. Meristems (apical, intercalary, lateral, traumatic; primary and secondary meristems).
Permanent tissues different types of parenchyma tissue. Mechanical tissue.
22. Permanent tissues - dermal, vascular and secretory tissue.
23. Partial exam I citology and histology
24. Morphological levels of organization of plant body. Organography. Embrio. Vegetative organs. Root morphology
and anatomy. Morphology and anatomy of metamorphosed root.
25. Organography: Shoot morphology. Stem anatomy (primary and secondary structure).
26. Organography: Leaf anatomy and morphology.
27. Morphology and anatomy of metamorphosed shoot. Leaf metamorphoses.
28. Partial exam II organography. Plant reproduction (asexual, sexual, plant life cycles).
29. Reproductive organs of Angiosperms. Flower (morphology and anatomy). Inflorescence (morphology and
classification).
30. Polination and fertilization, formation of seed and fruit. Seed and fruit morphology, anatomy and classification.
31. Plant physiology: water regime, metabolism, photosynthesis, respiration, mineral nutrition, transport of substances.
32. Biotechnology: (tissue culture, genetically modified plants). Partial exam III - plant reproduction, flower, seed, fruit,
plant fiziology and biotechnoloy.
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
Microscope: parts, handling. The structure of plant cell. Turgor and plasmolysis.
Cytoplasmatic streaming. Chloroplasts, carotenoidoplasts and leucoplasts. Starch and aleuronic grains.
Crystals, cell wall, pits. Local thickennings of cell wall.
Apical meristems of shoot and root. Photocynthetic, storage and apsorption parenchyma. Mechanical tissue:
colenchyma, fibers, sclereids.
5. Epidermis and stomata. Trichomes: periderm, lenticels, bark. Exogenous and endogenous secretory structures.
6. Vascular tissue. Types of vascular bundles (concentric, collateral, bicollateral and radial).
7. Colloquium I citology and histology. Embrio: monocots and dicots. Root morphology: types of root systems, root
18
zones. Primary and secondary root anatomy. Root metamorphoses. Root nodules.
Shoot morphology. Types of branching. Primary stem anatomical structure (monocots and dicots).
Secondary anatomical structure of conifer and dicots stems.
Colloquium II root and shoot. Leaf morphology.
Leaf anatomical structure: monocots, dicots and conifers. Structure of xeromorphic leaves. Petiole structure.
Shoot and leaf metamorphoses. Rhizome anatomical structure.
Colloquium III leaf and metamorphoses. Flower: morphology, flower formulas and diagrams. Ovary and anther
anatomical structure. Pollen grains. Inflorescences: morphology and classification.
14. Seed and fruit morphology. Seed coat and pericarp anatomical structure. Classification of fruits.
15. Colloquium IV flower, seed, fruit. Pre-exam practical microscopy overview.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Recommended
Literature
Compulsory
Optional
4. Stern, K., Plant Biology. McGraw Hill Higher Education, New York. 2006.
5. Robins, W. W., Weier, T., Stocking, R. Botany. John Willey and Sons, Inc. New York,
London, Sydney. 1965.
1. Dickison C. V: Integrative Plant Anatomy, New York, London, 2000.

Lectures
Pract.
30
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
20
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
6.
Teaching Ass.
1
Dr Lana Zoric, ass. Prof.
Lecturer
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
1
7.
Sanja Todorovic, Techn. demonstrator
Head of Department
Prof. dr Ljiljana Merkulov s.r.
19
6. HEALTH STATISTICS IN PHARMACY (FI-ZSTA)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
HEALTH STATISTICS IN PHARMACY

Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Biomatematika (for taking the exam)

Year of
study
Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
Teaching methods
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
Classical lectures and use of computers as as supplementary teaching aid; Exercises in agreement with
the theoretical classes. The following softwares are also used: Excel, Statistica, Mathematica, SPSS.
AIM
Students are offered to learn about basic concepts of statistics and its application in pharmacy.
GOAL
Knowledge
Students acquire basic concepts of statistics: population, sample, characteristics, types of characteristics, assessment
of parameters, testing statistical hypotheses.
Skills
Students are offered to learn how to solve basic statistical problems, to evaluate parameters, how to state statistical
hypotheses based on problems common in pharmacy, as well as to perform complete hypothesis testing.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Colloquia
Theoretical classes
Presentation of statistical data.

Numerical characteristics of features.
Theoretical classifications.
Sample, statistics.
Evaluation of parameters.
Hypotheses testing.
Analysis of variance.
Correlation and regression.
Non-parameter methods.
Statistics and population structure.
Birth rate, morbidity and mortality analysis.
Methods of demography analysis.
Practical classes
1. Presentation of statistical data.

2. Numerical characteristics of features.
3. Theoretical classifications.
4. Sample, statistics.
5. Evaluation of parameters.
6. Hypotheses testing.
7. Analysis of variance.
8. Correlation and regression.
9. Birth rate.
10. General fertility rate.
11. Reproduction rate.
12. Disease risk rate.
13. General and specific morbidity rate.
14. Theoretical models of population.
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory 2.
Optional
1.
Zagorka Lozanov-Crvenkovi, Statistika u farmaciji, udbenik.

Gruji V, Jakovljevi : Primena statistike u medicinskim istraivanjima, Medicinski fakultet
Novi Sad, 2001.
Hadivukovi S: Statistiki metodi, Poljoprivredni fakultet Novi Sad, 1991.
20

Lectures
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
40
Final exam
Written
Oral
40
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
4
Prof. dr Vera Gruji
Prof. dr Mirjana Martinov Cvejin
Prof. dr Erebet A Nikoli, Ass. Prof.
Prof. dr Branka Legeti, Ass. Prof.
Doc. dr Svetlana Kvrgi
Ass.Prof.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
1
2
2
Asist. mr Olja Niiforovi urkovi
Asist. mr Vesna Mijatovi Jovanovi
Asist. mr Sneana Ukropina
Asist. pripravnik dr Sonja unjevi
Nataa Dragani, Techn.demonstrator
Head of Department
Prof. dr Vera Gruji, s.r.
21
7. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY (FI-FHEM)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
Condition: Biofizika (for taking the exam)

Year of
study
First

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
0
2
Lectures, Laboratory Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
AIM
GOAL
The aim of this course is to develop understanding the essence, cause and regularity of phenomena in physical and
chemical processes of transformations of matter and energy. It offers basic and advanced theoretical and practical
knowledge necessary for pharmaceutical chemistry and technology, as well as instruments of pharmaceutical
analysis.
Knowledge on the structure of matter, nature of chemical bonds and states of matter systems in processes
Knowledge
of dissolution, adsorption, adsorpcije, phase, chemical and electrochemical transformations.
Practical application of knowledge in lab work in the field of understanding the structure of atoms and
Skills
molecules, physical, chemical, thermal and electrochemical transformations and processes.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Structure of atoms and chemical bonds; Bohr atomic model; Wave nature of the matter; Schrdingers equation;
Atomic orbitals and their presentation in chemical bonding; Atomic nucleus; Radioactivity; Nuclear chemistry/physics
in medicine.
2. Characteristics of molecules: optical, electrical and magnetic.
3. Aggregation states of the matter: The theory of gaseous state and real gases; The theory of liquid state, liquid crystals;
Hard matter theory, crystal state; Crystal classification, basic laws of crystallography; chain-packing mode in the crystal
lattice.
4. Chemical thermodynamics: Definition and application of the first principle of thermodynamics in physical-chemical
processes; Inner energy and enthalpy; Molar thermal capacities; Joule-Thomson effect; The efficacy of transforming
thermal energy into work energy; The second law of thermodynamics; Helmholtz energy. Gibbs energy; Chemical
potential; Thermodynamic criteria of balance.
5. Solutions: Real solutions; Dissolution theory; Colligative properties of solutions; Colloid dispersion systems; Basics
of rheology;
6. Phase balance, Phase transformations and phase diagrams: Clapeyron equation; Gibbs phase rule; Diagrams of
conjugative mixtures.
7. Surface phenomena: Adsorption, physical and chemical adsorption; Gibbs, Freundlich and Langmuir adsorption
isotherm.
8. Chemical kinetics: Kinetics and mechanism of chemical reactions; Kinetic constant of chemical reactions;
Molecularity and order of chemical reactions; Arrhenius theory of chemical reactions kinetics; Activation energy;
Complex chemical reactions; Effects of temperature on the kinetics of chemical reactions; Catalysis and catalytic
reactions.
9. Electrochemistry: Types of catalysts; Faraday laws; Nernst theory of electrode potentials; Types of electrodes;;
Electromotor power; Electrolysis; Kinetics of electrochemical reactions (Tafel, diagram).
Practical classes
1. The first cycle: Molar mass calculation, Victor Meyer method; Viscosity (capillary method); Surface tension
determination (stalagmometric method); Vapor pressure (isotensioscopic method).
2. The second cycle: Solubility; Solubility coefficient; Heat of solution; Heat of neutralization.
3. The third cycle: Adsorption (Freundlich adsorption isotherm;
4. The fourth cycle: Potentiometric Potentiometric pH measurements values; Conductometric determination of the
tension capacity of a conductor cell.
22
1.
2.
3.
Compulsory
4.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
5.
D.Maleev, Odabrana poglavlja fizike hemije, Farmaceutski fakultet, Beograd,

2003.
P.Pautanov, Osnovi fizike hemije, I i II deo, Tehnoloki fakultet, Novi Sad,
1989.
E. Ki, G. Lomi. R.M. Neduin, Eksperimentalna fizika hemija, Tehnoloki
fakultet, Novi Sad, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Edicija Univerzitetski udbenik,
Novi Sad, 1998.
M.Juranji, Fizika hemija, Zbirka reenih zadataka, Univerzitet u Novom
Sadu, Edicija Univerzitetski udbenik, novi Sad, 2001.
M.Juranji, Fizika hemija, Formule, PMF, Novi Sad, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu,
Edicija Univerzitetski udbenik, novi Sad, 2001.
1.
2.
Optional
3.
I.D.Holclajtner Antunovi, Opti kurs fizike hemije, Zavod za udbenike i nastavna

sredstva, Beograd, 2000.
M.Medenica, D.Maleev, Eksperimentalna fizika hemija, Farmaceutski fakultet,
Beograd, 1998.
E.Ki, G.Lomi, R.Marinkovi-Neduin, Zbirka zadataka iz Fizike hemije,
Tehnoloki fakutet, Novi Sad, 1985.

Lectures
Practice
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
40
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
40
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1.
2.
3.
4.
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
Prof. dr Erne E. Ki
Prof. dr Aneta Dimitrovska
Ass. Veljko Krstonoi
Milica Hadnaev, Techn.demonstrator
Head of Department
23
8. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (FI-NHEM)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: General chemistry (for taking the exam)

Year of
study

Lecture
First
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture.
Colloquia
Practice
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
0
3
2
4
Lectures, experiments, demonstrations, practice and chemical calculations.
AIM
GOAL
The aim of this course is to present basic chemical principles and laws, chemical reactions, chemical elements and
important compounds for pharmacists. It is a basic course necessary for understanding a variety of chemical and
pharmaceutical courses.
The goal of this course is to offer students quality, applicable practical and theoretical knowledge
Knowledge necessary for successful work in all other chemical and pharmaceutical courses, as well as in the
pharmaceutical practice.
Independent work in chemical labs.
Skills
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1.
2.
Resources and importance of chemical elements in the nature. Metals, general properties and importance.
S metals, importance, characteristics, the most important compounds with special review of their application in medicine and
pharmacy.
3. P metals, importance, characteristics, the most important compounds with special review of their application in medicine and
pharmacy.
4. Transition metals common properties.
5. Transition d elements, importance, characteristics, the most important compounds with special review of their application in
medicine and pharmacy.
6. Non-metals, general properties. Air, Noble gases.
7. Non-metals of the 13th and 14th groups PSE. Importance, characteristics, the most important compounds with special review
of their application in medicine and pharmacy.
8. Non-metals of the 15th group PSE. Importance, characteristics, the most important compounds with special review of their
application in medicine and pharmacy.
Practical classes
Chosen experimental tasks and calculations in agreement with the theoretical classes.
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory 2.
Optional
3.
1.
Nada Perii-JanjiOPTA HEMIJA, NAUKA, Beograd

D.Poleti Opta hemija II, TMF, Beograd
N.Perii-JanjiPraktikum Opte i neorganske hemije-radna sveska, NAUKA, Beograd
S. ArsenijeviOpta i neorganska hemija, NAUNA KNjIGA, Beograd

Lectures
Practice
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
4 x15*
Final exam
Written
Oral
60*
30
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1
1.
2.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
3
Prof dr Nada Perii-Janji
Doc. dr Slobodan Gaduri
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
1
3.
4.
Full Prof.
Scientist
1
As. Nataa Boikovi
As. Vesna Tepavevi
24
5.
6.
As. Veljko Krstonoi

Neboja Stelinovi, student na dok. studijama
* Student takes a written exam if he has not taken a Colloquium during the semester.
Head of Department
25
9. PHARMACEUTICAL PHYSIOLOGY I (FI-FFI)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Physiology
COURSE TITLE/CODE
Compulsory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: /
Year of
study
Winter semester (hours/weeks)

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
Summer semester (hours/weeks)

Lecture
Practice
6
Lectures. Laboratory (practical) work.
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
12
AIM
Basic goals of education in the field of physiology are introducing students with basis of functioning of organs and
systems of organs and aspects of their organization in complex functional systems.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
Introduction with basic mechanisms of functioning of diferent systems of organs and aspects of
organization of regulatory mechanisms of complex homeostatic parameters in the functional systems.
Introduction with complex neural and humoral regulatory mechanisms of diferent functional systems.
Student is to learn basic principles and rules of laboratory usage and to get acquainted with principal
laboratory procedures. Also student will be trained to perform daily laboratory routines by himself.
Student will learn to use animal models and animal tissue for demonstration of physiological processes.
Student will to be trained in details for sampling and preparation of body liquids (blood, urine) as well as
with the methods of basic laboratory analysis used in daily practice (sedimentation, hematocrit, red
blood and white blood cell count, white blood cell formula, time of bleeding and coagulation, general
and chemical characteristics of urine). Student will learn basic electrophysiological methods (ECG,
EEG, EMNG, EP), and will be trained to perform the recordings and explain the basic parameters of the
recordings. Student will learn to perform blood pressure measurement and heart auscultation. Also
student will learn to determine the respiratory volumes and capacities.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Theoretical classes
33. INTRODUCTION IN PHYSIOLOGY: Functional organisation of human body and control of homeostasis. Cells as
basic living units of human body and their function. Homeostatic mechanisms of main functional systems.
34. RESPIRATION: Gases characteristics. Ventilation. Lung volumes and capacities. Physiological characteristics of
pulmonary circulations. Transport of gases to the cells. Main and accesory respiratory musculature. Interpleural
pressure. Regulation of respiration. Kinds and types of respiration. Respiration in the conditions of decreased and
increased atmospheric pressure.
35. BLOOD: Basic characteristics of blood. Blood plasma. Red blood cells. White blood cells. Imunity and imune bodies.
Platelets. Coagulation and hemostasys. Blood types. Transfusion and transplantation.
36. CIRCULATION AND LYMPH: functional characteristics of circulation. Morphofunctional characteristics of the
heart muscle. Heart hemodinamics. Conductive system of the heart. Registration and analysis of ECG. Mechanical
work and eficiency of the heart. Regulation of the heart. Circulation. Capilary exchange. Peripheral circulation. Puls:
definition, types and characteristics. Blood flow in veins. Lymph. Neurohumoral mechanisms of blood vesels tone
regulation.
37. DIGESTION AND ABSORPTION: Definition of digestion. Basic functions of the digestive system. Digestion in the
mouth. Saliva, regulation of salivation. Vomiting. Digestion in the stomach. Digestion in the small intestine. Roles of
the pancreas in digestion. Bile. Digestion in the large intestine. Defecation.
38. METABOLISM: Role of nutrients. Minerals and vitamins. Methods of investigation of the metabolism. Respiratory
quotient. Basal metabolism. Metabolism in physical activity. Design of the daily menu.
39. THERMOREGULATION: Mechanisms of maintainance of the temperature balance of the body core. Physical and
chemical thermoregulation. Physiological basis of hypo- and hyperthermia.
40. EXCRETION: Physiology of the kidneys. Ultrastucture of the nephrons. Filtration, secretion and reabsorption in the
kidneys. Quantity and quality of the urine. Role of the kidneys in homeostasis. Regulation of the kidneys. Miction.
41. EXCITABLE TISSUE: Resting potential. Action potential. Laws of excitation. Acomodation. Laws of excitation
polarity. Electrotonus. Polatisation currents.
42. SENSES: Senses. Receptors. Vision. Lences and ophtalmoscopy. Hearing. Equilibrium. Muscle-joint perceprion.
Tactile and termal perception. Visceroreception. Smell and taste. Pain.
43. MUSCLES: Neuro muscular synapses. Mediators and basic mechanisms of synaptic transmission. Types of muscles.
Morpho-physiological characteristics of striated muscle. Types of striated muscle acitons. Motor unit. Tone and
termogenesis of muscle Work, power and muscle fatique. Smooth muscle.
44. AUTONOMOUS NERVOUS SYSTEM: Sympathetic and parasymphetetic nervous system: structure, classification,
of the vegetative ganglia and their function, specific mediators. Division of vegetativen reflexes and the significance
26
of dual organ inervation.

45. ENDOCRINOLOGY: Basic characterstics of hormones and methods of investigation of endocrine glands. Thyreoid
gland. Parathyreoid gland. Pancreas. Suprerenal gland. Male and female gonades. Pituitary gland: hormones, function,
and regulation of secretion. Hypothalamo-pituitary complex. Other organs with endocrine role: thymus, epyphiseal
gland, spleen, and kidney. Tissue hormones.
46. PHYSIOLOGY OF CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM: Neuron. Types of synapsis in CNS. Neuromediators.
Neuroglia. Nervous center. Inhibition in CNS. Spinal cord. Medula oblongata and pons. Reflex function. Functional
significance of conductive pathways in medulla oblongate. Mid brain. Reticular formation of brainstem. Cerebellum.
Hypothalamus. Lymbic structures of the brain. Cortex. Basal ganglia. Theory of sleep. Types of nervous system.
Memory and learning. Conciousness.
Practical classes
5. Excitable tissue (reobasis, chronaction, useful time, anelectrotone, catelectrotone, polarization current, Pflger lows)
6. Muscles (basic and complex muscle contraction, summation, influence of intensity of stimuli on the size of muscle
contraction, maximal muscle contraction with different loads, ergography, influence of temperature and fatigue on
muscle contraction)
7. Breathing (model of the ribs, Donders model, spirometry, spirography, pneumography, forced spirometry, air content)
8. Digestion (digestion in the mouth, digestion in the stomach).
9. Heart and the circulation (heart regulation, ECG, measurement of the blood pressure, auscultation, polycardiography,
capillaries).
10. Blood (plasma buffers, sedimentation, hematocrit, hemolysis , red blood and white blood cell count, white blood cell
formula, time of coagulation and bleeding).
11. Excretion (general characteristics of the urine, chemical chr. of urine, urine sediment).
12. Senses (examination of the eyes, ears and hearing, balance, surface and deep sensibility).
13. CNS (spinal reflexes of the decapitated frog, spinal shock, testing of the reflex arc, examination of the reflexes of
clinical significance, EEG, neuronal activity, EMNG, EP, reaction)
Compulsory
Recommended
Literature
Optional
6.
7.
2.
3.
4.
5.
.C. Guyton. Medical Physiology

Dj.Sterio i sar. Praktikum iz fiziologije
V.Ivetic. Test pitanja iz fiziologije
A. Despopulos, S. Silbernagl. Fizioloki atlas u boji
V.M. Mujovi. Medicinska fiziologija
K.V. Sudakov. Fiziologija osnovi i funkcionalni sistemi

Lectures
Practices
15
35
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
15
30
Total
100
Teaching stuff
Techn.dem
onstrator
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Teach.Ass.
1
4
Prof. dr Nikola Gruji
Prof. dr Vesna Iveti
Prof. dr Danka Filipovi
Prof. dr Nada Naumovi
Doc. dr Damir Luka
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Assoc.Prof.
1
1
As. dr Miodrag Drapin
As. dr Oto Barak
As. dr Dea Karaba Jakovljevi
As. dr Jelena Popadi Gaea
Dr Aleksandar Klanja, saradnik
Full Prof..
Sci.Res.
Head of the Department

Prof. dr Nikola Gruji s.r.
27
10. PLANT SYSTEMATICS (FI-SBILj)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Integrated studies (Medicine, Stomatology, Pharmacy), Academic studies of Health Care

Cathedra of Pharmacy
COURSE TITLE / CODE
Plant Systematics
compulsory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Year of
study

Lecture
Teaching methods

Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
2+1*
Lectures, Practice, Field work
AIM
Introduction to the taxonomic categories of the most important groups of higher plants, philogenetic relations between them, as
well as with general characteristics of the extinct and recent plant taxa. Medical plant species in Serbian flora.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
Acquiring fundamental knowledge in Plant Systematics.
Acquiring the basic techniques of collecting the plant material in field and forming the herbarium
collection.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
Practice
Theoretical classes
The importance of the Plant Systematics of medical plants. Technique of cultivation and collection,
Systematics of Lichens, Algae and Fungi.
Divisio Bryophyta, Divisio Lycopodiophyta, Divisio Equisetophyta, Divisio Polypodiophyta
Divisio Pinophyta
Divisio Magnoliophyta, Classis Magnoliopsida, Subclassis Magnoliidae
Subclassis Ranunculidae, Subclassis Hamamelididae
Subclassis Caryophyllidae,
Subclassis Dilleniidae
Subclassis Rosidae
Subclassis Rosidae
Subclassis Lamiidae
Subclassis Asteridae
Classis Liliopsida, Subclassis Liliidae
Subclassis Commelinidae, Subclassis Arecidae
Field work
Practical classes
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Marchantia polymorpha, Polytrichum commune, Sphagnum sp., Equisetum telmateia,

Lycopodium clavatum, Selaginella helvetica, Dryopteris filix-mas, Polypodium vulgare,
Cycas revoluta, Ephedra campylopoda, Ginkgo biloba, Pinus nigra, Juniperus communis, Taxus baccata
Galanthus nivalis, Scilla bifolia, Helleborus odorus, Corylus avelana
Pulmonaria officinalis, Cornus mas, Prunus spinosa, Primula acaulis, Salix caprea
Vinca minor, Hepatica nobilis, Corydalis cava, Tussilago farfara
Forsythia europaea, Chrisosplenium alternifolium, Magnolia grandiflora, Narcissus poeticus
Viola odorata, Malus domestica, Machonia aquifolium, Ficaria verna
Betula pendula, Populus alba, Muscari racemosum, Stellaria holostea
Veronica byzantina, Capsella bursa-pastoris, Lamium maculatum, Drosera rotundifolia
Dactylorhiza majalis, Vicia grandiflora, Chelidonium majus, Liriodendron tulipifera
Spiraea media, Euphorbia cyparissias, Erodium cicutarium, Taraxacum officinalis
Anthriscus trichosperma, Galium cruciata, Dactylis glomerata, Malva silvestris
Silene alba, Silene vulgaris, Salvia nemorosa, Arum maculatum
Field work
Recommended
Literature
Compulsory
8. , . (2005): . , . handouts with

the translation
9. , ., , . (2000): .
. . handouts with the
translation
28
6.
Optional
Takhtajan, A. (1997): Diversity and classification of flowering plants. Columbia University

Press. New York.
7. Tutin, T.G., Heywood, V.H., Burges, N.A., Moore, D.M., Valentine, D.H., Walters, S.M., Webb,
D.A. (1964-1980): Flora Europea. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge.

Lectures
Practices
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
40
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
100
30
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching Ass.
1
18. Prof dr Ruica Igi
19. ass. dr Dragana Vukov
Lecturer
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific Researcher
1
20.
* There are two tests during the semester, and one coloquium during the field work
Head of Department
Prof. dr Jovan Popovi, s.r.
29
11. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I (FII-AHEI)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
Condition: (General Chemistry, Inorganic Chemistry)

Year of
study

Lecture
Second
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
Teaching methods
Summer semester
(hours/week)
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
Lectures, Laboratory Practice, Consultations
AIM
The aim of this course is to offer students quality theoretical and practical classes to gain basic knowledge about
chemical reactions important for qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis of pharmaceutical preparations.
GOAL
Necessary theoretical and practical knowledge for application of analytical reactions, some methods of
separation and identification of ions.
Practical application of knowledge in lab work in the field of separation and identification of ions.
Systemic and fractional ion analysis in real systems, by deposition method and chromatography.
Knowledge
Skills
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Analytical chemistry as a scientific discipline. The aims of chemical analysis. Analytical signals. Classification and
importance of analytical chemistry. General course of analysis. Preventive measures in laboratories and first aid in
case of accident.
2. Dispersion systems. Solutions. Presentation of solution components. Substance dissolution. Water as a solvent.
Examples for calculation of solution components. Colloid solutions.
3. Chemical balance. Law of mass action. Balance constant. Thermodynamic, Stoichiometric and Gradual balance
constant.
4. Actions of strong electrolytes in solutions.
5. Acid-base reactions and balance. Calculation of pH in solutions of acids, bases, salts. Acid-base balance in the sH
solvent. Stechiometric calculations.
6. Oxide-reduction reactions. Redox pairs. Electrode potentials. Standard redox potentials. Formal redox potential.
Effects of pH on redox potential. Oxide-reduction reaction balance constant. Application of redox reactions in
analytical chemistry.
7. Substrate reactions. Solubility of ionic compounds in water. Thermodynamic and stoichiometric product of solution.
Quantitative deposition.
8. Qualitative chemical analysis. Types of analyses. Analytical reactions: selective, group, specific, sensitive,
established. Reagents. Conditions for performing chemical reactions. Spot test. Dissolving a sample for analysis.
Analytical groups of cations and anions. Systematic course of a complete analysis. Cation analysis. Anion analysis.
9. Basic principles of chromatographic analysis. Classification.
Practical classes
Anion analysis in complete analysis.

Hydrogen-Sulphide cation analysis
Preparations for a complete cation and anion analysis
Qualitative chromatographic analysis of certain cations and anions
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
Optional
1.
2.
1.
Petrovi, S., Analitika hemija, Tehnoloki fakultet Novi Sad, 1987.

Kolarov, Lj., Lonar, E., Kvalitativna semi-mikro hemijska analiza, Praktikum,
Tehnoloki fakultet Novi Sad, 1995.
Lomi, S., Radosavljevi, S., Raunanje u hemiji, Zbirka zadataka, Tehnoloki
fakultet Novi Sad, 1989.
Lectures
Practice
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
2h30
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
30
Total
100
Teaching staff
30
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prof dr Eva S. Lonar

Prof. dr Suzana Trajkovi-Jolevska
Doc. dr Nataa Mili
Doc. dr Vukosava orevi Mili
5.
6.
7.
8.
Asist. Vesna Tepavevi

Asist. Nevena Gruji
Dr ivkovi Jelena, student doktokrskih studija
Dr Bursa Mira, student na dokt. studijama
Head of Department
31
12. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I (FII-ORHEI)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Integrated study of pharmacy

Chair of pharmacy
COURSE TITLE / CODE
Organic chemistry I
compulsory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: to passed an General and inorganic chemistry

Year of
study
II
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Lectures , laboratory exercises, brief exams, homework, consultations
AIM
The main aim in this course of Organic chemistry is to develop the logic of thinking about organic molecules. It is necessary to
understand many pharmaceutical courses which come later. Also, it is necessary basic knowledge for all students in the field of
pharmaceutical science.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
Necessary elementary knowledge about all classes of organic molecules, also, elementary knowledge about covalent
bonds, structure and reactivity, stereochemistry of molecules. This knowlegde is necessary to better understand how
different organic molecules, such as medicines, work.
Students need to build elementary skills for work in an organic laboratory, most importantly to learn about
laboratory safety. In addition, they need to learn how to work with molecular models.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Structure of organic molecules and covalent bonds

Molecular orbitals and bonding.
Hybrid orbitals: sp3, sp2, sp.
Electronic effects in organic molecule: dipole moment, inductive effect, resonance effect and hyperconjugation effect.
Electronic structure of organic molecules. IUPAC organic nomenclature.
Polar covalent bonds: acids and bases.
Kinds of organic reactions and how organic reactions occur: mechanisms
Stereochemistry: enantiomers and the tetrahedral carbon. Molecular models. The reason for handedness in molecules:
chirality, R/S configuration, Fischer projections.
9. Alkanes and cycloalkanes: physical properties and reactions. Stereochemistry. Radical reactions. Naturally occurring
alkanes.
10. Alkyl halides. Nucleophilic substitution reactions - mechanism of SN1 and SN2 reactions. Elimination reactions mechanism of E1 and E2 reactions.
11. Alkenes: structure and reactivity. Cis/trans and Z/E isomers. Mechanism of electrophilic addition, Markovnikov`s rule.
Alkynes and conjugated dienes. Naturally occurring alkenes.
12. Alcohols, ethers, and thiols. Reactions of oxidation, elimination and substitution. Preparation and uses of
alcohols, ethers and thiols .
13. Phenols: properties and reactivity. Production and use of phenols. Electrophilic aromatic substitution of phenols.
Naturally occurring phenols.
14. Benzene and aromaticity. Chemistry of benzene and its derivatives. Structure and stability of benzen. Aromaticity and
the HCKEL 4n+2 rule. Electrophilic aromatic substitution. Friedel Crafts alkilation and acylation reactions.
Nucleophilic aromatic substitution.
15. Aldehydes and ketones: mechanism of nucleophilic addition reactions. Nucleophilic addition: water, alcohol,
ammonia, an amine. Enolate ion and keto-enol tautomerism. Aldol condensations. Oxidation and reduction of
aldehydes and ketones.
16. Carboxylic acids. Structure and physical properties. Acid-base properties of carboxylic acids. Nucleophilic
acyl substitution reactions of carboxylic acids. Conversion of carboxylic acids into esters, amides, acyl halides,
anhydrides and other derivatives. Claisen condensation reaction. Decarcoxylation carboxylic acids. Naturally
occurring carboxylic acids.
17. Chemistry of amines. Basicity and acidity of amines. Synthesis of amines. Quaternary ammonium salts. Hofmann
elimination. Reactions of diazonium ions. Reactions of amines with mineral acids.
18. Amino acids, peptides and proteins. Nomenclature, acid-base properties and stereochemistry of the -amino acids.
Synthesis of amino acids.
32
Practical classes
1. Introduction. General information: safety, glassware used in organic chemistry, , the laboratory notebook. Simple
distillation and fractional distillation.
2. Steam distillation. Extraction and drying the organic compounds.
3. Recrystallization of organic compounds from water and from organic solutions.
4. Experimental exam: experimental laboratory techniques.
5. Molecular models: conformations of cyclohexane, enantiomers and tetrahedral carbon, sequence rules for specification
of configuration.
6. Reactions of alkanes, alkenes and alkynes.
7. Reactions of alkyl halides.
8. Reactions of aromatic compounds.
9. Reactions of alcohols and phenols.
10. Reactions of aldehydes and ketones.
11. Reactions of carboxylic acids and their derivatives.
12. Reactions of amines.
13. Animation of reaction with computers techniques.
Recommended
Literature
Compulsory
Optional
10. K.P.C. Vollhardt, N.E. Schore: Organic chemistry: structure and function
fourth edition, USA, 2003, ISBN 0-7167-4374-4
8. N.E. Schore: Study guide and solutions manual, USA, NY, 2003

Lectures
Practices
15
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
15x2
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
35
100
10
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching Ass.
0
1
21. Prof. Vera irin Novta
Lecturer
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
22. mr. Mihalj Poa, assistant
Head of Department za Farmaciju

Prof. dr Jovan Popovi.
33
13. PHARMACEUTICAL PHYSIOLOGY II (FII-FFII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Physiology
COURSE TITLE / CODE
PHARMACEUTICAL PHYSIOLOGY II
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Pharmaceutical Physiology I

Year of
study

Lecture
Second
Teaching methods
Practice
4
0
Lectures, seminars and practical classes.
AIM
GOAL
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
11
Students are acquainted with basic mechanisms of functioning of various organ systems and types of
organization of regulatory mechanisms of complex homeostatic parameters into functional systems. They
also learn about complex nervous and humoral regulatory mechanisms of different functional systems.
Students need to learn the basic principles and regulations regarding laboratory practice, as well as
fundamental laboratory procedures in order to develop skills for daily laboratory routine. Students are
trained to use animal models and use animal tissues for demonstration of certain physiological
phenomena. Students are also trained to perform sampling and preparation of body fluids (urine) and
methods of urine analysis which are used in everyday practice. Students should learn about basic
electrophysiological methods (EEG, EMNG, EP), to gain experience in record taking and recognize
basic recorded parameters.
Skills
2.
3.
Practice
The main objectives of this course are intended for introducing students with basic physiological functioning of
organs and systems of organs, as well as with their organization into complex functional systems.
Knowledge
1.
Letnji sem. (br.as.ned.)

Lecture
Theoretical classes
EXCRETION: Physiology of kidneys. Nephron ultrastructure. Rules of the filtration process, secretion and kidney
reabsorption.
TISSUE IRRITABILITY: Membrane potential. Action potential.
ANALYZERS: Analyzer. Receptors. Ocular analyzer. Contact lenses and ophthalmoscopy. Hearing analyzer.
Vestibular system.
MUSCLES: Neuro-muscular synapse. Mediators and basic mechanisms of the synaptic transmission. Classification of
muscles.
VEGETATIVE (AUTONOMIC) NERVOUS SYSTEM: Sympathicus and parasympathicus centers: structure,
classification of vegetative ganglia and their functions, specific mediators.
ENDOCRINOLOGY: General properties of hormones and endocrine gland examination methods, Hormones of the
hypophysis and hypothalamus. Thyroid gland. Parathyroid gland. Pancreas. Adrenal gland. Female and male sex
glands.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM: Neurons. Classification of synapses in the CNS.
Neuromediators. Neuroglia. Nervous center. Inhibition in the CNS. Spinal cord. Medulla oblongata and pons. Reflex
function. Sleep physiology.
CONTROL SYSTEM OF THE HUMAN BODY: Theory of systems in physiology, feedback and shunt.
CNS AND THE THEORY OF NEURONAL NETWORKS: Basic applications of the theory of neuronal networks in
pharmaceutical physiology.
Practical classes
Practical classes are in agreement with the theoretical classes.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
A.C. Guyton. Medicinska fiziologija

. Sterio i sar. Praktikum iz fiziologije
V. Iveti. Test pitanja iz fiziologije
A. Despopulos, S. Silbernagl. Fizioloki atlas u boji
V.M. Mujovi. Medicinska fiziologija
K.V. Sudakov. Fiziologija osnovi i funkcionalni sistemi

Lectures
Practice
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
Total
100
34
18
10
60
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Prof. dr Nikola Gruji

Prof. dr Vesna Iveti Petrovi
Prof. dr Danka Filipovi
Prof. dr Nada Naumovi
Doc. dr Damir Luka
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
1
1
3
As. dr Miodrag Drapin
As. dr Oto Barak
As. dr Dea Karaba Jakovljevi
As. dr Jelena Popadi Gaea
Dr Aleksandar Klanja, saradnik
Dr Vuk Kadi, student na dokt. studijama
Dr Jelica Alargi, student na dokt. studijama
Dr Bojana Andreji, student na dok. studijama
Dr Vladimir Gali, student na dok. studijama
Head of Department
Prof. dr Nikola Gruji s.r.
35
14. HUMAN GENETCS (FII-HUGE)

STUDY PROGRAM
PHARMACY
DEPARTMENT
COURSE
COURSE STATUS
CONDITION
HUMAN GENETICS
Mandatory
Winter semester(hours/week)
Summer semester(hours/week)
Lecture
Practice
Lecture
Practice
2
1
1
Lectures and practices
Teaching methods
YEAR OF
STUDY
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
AIM
GOAL
The Human Genetics course has been designed to introduce fundamental concepts and technological advances in the study of
human genetics as they pertain to medical practice. Each of the major subspecialties will be addressed: cytogenetics, molecular
genetics, biochemical genetics, clinical genetics, reproductive and prenatal genetics and genetic counselling. Genetic variability
provides the basis for the development of both, rare diseases and common disorders.
Students will be able to use basic genetic apprehensions and to recognize the importance of genetics in modern
science. They will get knowledge about: morphological and functional organization of chromosomes and mutation
Knowledge mechanisms. Thru examples they will apply Mendel laws, understand intra and interloci gene interactions. They
will be able to predict possible mechanisms of inheritance and to construct pedigrees. They will understand and
differ basic techniques of molecular genetics in prenatal diagnosis, forensics and gene therapy.
After fulfilled pre-exam and exam obligations student will be able to: differ levels of structural and functional
organization of human genome, understand processes of genetic experiment that leads to determination of
Skills
hereditary diseases causes with different complexity and etiology, explain methodology of basic techniques in
molecular genetics in prenatal diagnosis and forensics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Theoretical classes
Overview of Human Genetics,

Chromosome Structure and Function,
DNA Structure, Replication and Gene Expression,
Instability of Human Genome - Gene Mutations,
Transmission Genetics - Mendel's Laws,
Extensions and Exceptions to Mendel's Laws,
Matters of Sex,
Complex Traits,
Mitochondrial Genome
Molecular Markers,
Gene Therapy,
The Human Genome Project,
Prenatal Diagnosis,
Genetic Counselling,
Pharmacogenetics.
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Karyotype,
Gametogenesis,
Mendel's Laws,
Extensions and Exceptions to Mendel's Laws,
Pedigree Patterns,
Matters of Sex,
Complex Traits,
Changes in Chromosome Number,
Changes in Chromosome Structure,
Molecular Markers,
Disorders of the Autosomes,
Disorders of the Sex Chromosomes.
Recommended
Compulsory
11. Lewis R: Human Genetics, McGraw-Hill Science, 2007.
36
literature
Optional
Lectures
Practices
1%
2%
a. Turnpenny P, Ellard S: Emery's Elements of Medical Genetics, Churchill Livingstone, 2007.

b. Thompson&Thompson: Genetics in Medicine, Nussbaum, Saunders Elsevier, 2007.
Stdent activity assessment (points)

Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
30%
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
67%
100%
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
1
.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
1
1.
2.
Prof. Ljiljana Vapa, PhD

Nataa Jovanovi, MSc
Head of Department
37
15. SOCIAL PHARMACY AND LEGISLATION (FII-SFIZ)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Social Medicine, Health Statistics, and Informatics
COURSE TITLE / CODE
SOCIAL PHARMACY AND LEGISLATION

Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: None
Year of
study

Lectures
Second
Practice
Lectures
2
0
Teaching methods
Colloquia
Practice
Seminars
ECTS credits
6
AIM
The aim of this course is to introduce students with measures, levels and organization of health care. Students should accept and
apply socio-medical approaches in the future pharmaceutical practicei. They should also acquire basic principles of organization
and management in institutions, with emphasis on health care.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
Students need to acquire knowledge about indicators important for the assessment of the population health status,
types and medical record keeping and functioning of the health care system.
It is also necessary for students to learn about laws which regulate health and pharmaceutical activities.
Understanding and assessment of the population health status, analyzing it giving priority to health care of identified
vulnerabile groups of population. Proper management of medical records in health care institutions. Gathered
knowledge provide using communication skills, as well as creation and presentation of preventive and promotion
programs in health care; evaluation of health requirements and use of health care, and application of laws in the field
of health care and pharmaceutical activities.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
Lecture topics: Health and factors affecting health; Quality of life; Health education; World health care systems; The role of health
institutions in the health care system; The role of health professionals in health care; Health care quality; Patient satisfaction with
provided health care; Health technologies; Planning in the health care system; Management and health management; Communication in
health care communication skills in pharmaceutical practice; Financing in health care; Health insurance in the world and in our
country; Pharmaceutical marketing; Legislation in pharmacy; Health promotion; Health care reforms in the world; Pharmaceutical
ethics; Professional ethics in pharmaceutical practice.
Practical classes
Deontological ethics in the field of medications, pharmaceutical health institutions and pharmaceutical activity generally speaking.
Regulations in pharmaceutical work, production, control, and distribution of medications. Social pharmacy, concept, pojam, tasks.
Communication in pharmacy and society. Medication, patient and the society. Social relations - pharmacy, health care and society.
Social aspects of privacy and confidentiality in health care. Key principles and standards in pharmaceutical practice. Principles of
security control of individuals and their health records; principles of responsibility, public responsibility and principle of pharmaceutical
practice. Ethics and professional ethics of health care personnel. Principles of pharmaceutical ethics and their application in the process
of decision making and in ethical analysis. Ethics and current pharmaceutical practice. Ethical normative at the territory of the Republic
of Serbia. Pharmaceutical deontology, occurrence and development. Organization of health care, models, referral levels; Essay: A
model of a Health Care Program.
Jakovljevi , Gruji V, urednici. Socijalna medicina. Udbenici: 33, Univerzitet u Novom
Sadu: Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad; 1995.
Gruji V, Martinov Cvejin M, Lekovi B. Menadment u zdravstvu, Univerzitet u Novom
Sadu, Medicinski fakultet, 2007.
D.Paroji D: Razvoj etike u farmaciji od teorije do savremene prakse, Konstisi, Beograd
2006.
Novakovi B, Gruji V, urednici. Higijena i zdravstveno vaspitanje. Udbenici: 51,
Univerzitet u Novom Sadu: Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad; 2004.
Lekovi B. Principi menadmenta, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Ekonomski fakultet,
Subotica, 2006.
1.
Compulsory
2.
3.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
1.
Optional
2.

Lectures
Practice
10
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
20
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
38
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Prof. dr Vera Gruji

Prof. dr Mirjana Martinov Cvejin
Prof. dr Erebet A Nikoli, vanredni profesor
Prof. dr Branka Legeti, vanredni profesor
Doc. dr Svetlana Kvrgi
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Asist. mr Olja Niiforovi urkovi

Asist. mr Vesna Mijatovi Jovanovi
Asist. mr Sneana Ukropina
Asist. pripravnik dr Sonja unjevi
Nataa Dragani, Techn.demonstrator
Head of Department
Prof. dr Erebet A Nikoli s.r.
39
16. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II (FII-AHEII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: General Chemistry, Inorganic Chemistry, Analytical Chemistry I (for taking the exam)
Year of
study
Second
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
0
2
3
Lectures, laboratory practice, consultations
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
AIM
The aim of this course is to offer students theoretical knowledge and practical skills of the classical quantitative
chemical analysis of pharmaceutical and other preparations important for the pharmaceutical profession.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
The goal of this course is to apply theoretical knowledge and practical skills necessary for certain
analytical methods of quantitative analysis and some methods used for preparation of samples for
analysis.
Practical application of knowledge in laboratory work in the field of identification of various compounds
in model and real samples. Sample preparation and application of gravimetric and volumetric analyses.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Quantitative analysis. Methods. Comparison of analytical methods. Classification of analytes regarding the contents
of components. Sample distribution regarding the size of samples. General course of analysis. Classical methods of
quantitative analysis.
2. Gravimetry. Types of gravimetric analyses. Gravimtric deposition methods. Gravimetric evaporation methods.
Stoichiometric calculations in gravimetry.
3. Volumetric analysis. Basics of the volumetric analysis. Prerequisites for application of chemical reactions in the
volumetric analysis. Equivalence point and the end-point titre. Determination of the equivalence point. Standard
solutions: primary, secondary, and commercial standard solutions. Techniques of the volumetric analyses.
Classification of the volumetric methods. Indicators. Classification of indicators. Calculations in volumetry.
4. Acid-base titration. Application of acid-base titrations. Acidimetry. Alkalimetry. Titration curves. Potentiometric
titration. Stoichiometric calculations.
5. Titration deposition. Prerequisites of deposition reactions in volumetry. Classification of deposition titrations.
Argentometry. Classification. Application. Indicators. Stoichiometric calculations.
6. Complexometric titrations. Definition. Role. Titrations with inorganic complexing agents. Examples. Chelatometry.
Stoichiometric calculations.
7. Oxidation-reduction titrations (redox titrations). Types of redox methods. Primary standards. Indicators: redox,
specific, inorganic. Equivalent point potentials. Titration curve: symmetrical and non-symmetrical. Permanganometry.
Iodimetry (direct and indirect). Stoichiometric calculations.
8. Acid-base titrations in non-aqueous medium. Properties and classification of organic solvents in regard to properties
of acid-base characteristics and properties which they demonstrate in solution substance. Leveling and differentiating
effects of solvents. Acid and base determination in non-aqueous mediums.
9. Data processing of quantitative analysis results. Criteria associated with the quality of analysis results. Accuracy and
precision. Evaluation of the accuracy and precision. Errors in experimental measurements. Statistical methods of
evaluation.
Practical classes
Practical laboratory classes are in agreement with the above-mentioned lectures:

Gravimetry
Determination of dry matter and water content in pharmaceutical preparations.
Determination of ash residues in pharmaceutical preparations.
Determination of iron by using a gravimetric method of deposition.
Volumetry
Chelatometry Determination of zinc, calcium and magnesium in mixtures, determination of water hardness.
Argentometry Determination of chlorides according to Moor and Folkardu, determination of iodide after Fyans.
Acid-base titrations Preparation and standardization of solutions of hydrochloric acid and sodium-hydroxide,
40
determination of sodium-hydroxide, phosphorous acid with methyl-orange and potentiometric titration, determination of
acetic acid, and sodium-bicarbonate water hardness.
Redox titrations Permanganometry: preparation and standardization of solutions of potassium permanganate and of iron
after Cimerman-Rajnhartu. Indirect iodimetric titrations preparation and standardization of sodium-thiosulphate solution,
determination of copper.
1.
2.
Compulsory
3.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
1.
Optional
Petrovi, S., Analitika hemija, Tehnoloki fakultet Novi Sad, 1987.

Kolarov, Lj., Lonar, E., Kvantitativna hemijska analiza, Praktikum sa elementima
teorije, Tehnoloki fakultet Novi Sad, 1995.
Harvey, D., Modern Analytical Chemistry, Mc Graw Hill, Boston (2000).
Lomi, S., Radosavljevi, S., Raunanje u hemiji, Zbirka zadataka, Tehnoloki
fakultet Novi Sad, 1989.
Lectures
Practice
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
2h30
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
100
30
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1.
2.
Doc. dr Nataa Mili

Ass.Prof.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
2
0
0
As. Vesna Tepavevi
As. Nevena Gruji
dr Neboja Stelinovi, PhD student
Dr Jelena ivkovi, PhD student
Head of Department
41
17. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (FII-ORHEII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: General Chemistry, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic Chemistry I (for taking the exam)
Year of
study
Second

Lectures
Teaching methods
Practice
Lectures.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Lectures, Laboratory Practice, Consultations
AIM
GOAL
The aim of this course is to offer undergraduates an opportunity to receive knowledge on the basic concepts of
statistical stereochemistry, as well as elementary issues in chemistry of carbohydrates and heterocyclic compounds,
being important components of a majority of medications.
The main goal of this course is offer students knowledge on stereochemistry of simple organic molecules,
in order to apply their knowledge on organic compounds with a pharmacological significance. Students
Knowledge
should also apply their knowledge on properties and chemical transformations of monosaccharides and
heterocyclic compounds during further course of studies.
Students need to acquire skills for working with molecular models, in order to easier understand the
Skills
space which chosen types of organic molecules take. They are also required to master skills for organic
synthesis lab work in order to apply them in other similar laboratories.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Introduction into stereochemistry;

Conformational analysis;
Molecular symmetry and asymmetry;
Racemic modifications;
Prochirality;
Asymmetrical synthesis;
Use of proton NMR in organic molecular structure determination;
Carbohydrates;
Monosaccharide reactivity;
Monosaccharides with abnormal structure;
Disaccharides;
Polysaccharides;,
Heterocyclic compounds;
Five-membered heterocyclic systems with one heteroatom (furan, thiophene and pyrrole, indoel),
Six-membered heterocyclic systems with one heteroatom (pyridine, benzopyridine, pyrane and derivates);,
Five-membered heterocyclic systems with two heteroatoms (pyrazole, imidazole, isoxazole, oxazole, isothiazle,
thiazole);
17. Six-membered heterocyclic systems with twoheteroatoms (pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, morpholine);
18. Condensed heterocyclic systems(purine, pteridine);
19. Seven-membered heterocycic systems (azepines, oxepines, thiepines, diazepines).
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Using molecular models in lab work;

Preparation of all solvents which will be used for certain preparations;
Assignment of proton NMR spectra of organic compounds;
Preparation of pentaacetate -D-glucopramose;
Preparation of pentaacetate -D-glucopyranose;
Preparation of phenylosazone D-glucose;,
Preparation of pyrroles;
Preparation of 2-methylindoles;
Preparation of 2,4,6-trimethyl- 3,5-Diacetyl-1,4-dihydropyridines;
Preparation of 2,5-dimethylpyrazole;
Preparation of 2-phenyl-4(D-arabino-tetrahydroxy butyl)-1,2,3triazole;
Preparation of 4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-1,2,3-benztriazine.
42
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
2.
1.
Optional
2.
K. P. C. Vollhardt, N. E. Schore: Organska hemija, (prevod sa engleskog), Hajdigrad,

Beograd, 1996
S. Pavlov, Uvod u hemiju heterociklinih jedinjenja, Farmaceutski fakultet, Beograd,
1997
H. Kagan: Organska stereohemija, (prevod sa nemakog), Hemijski fakultet, Beograd,
1995
M. Saka: Organska hemija II, skripta Lecture.

Lectures
Practice
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
30
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
30
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
0
1.
2.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
3
0
Prof. dr Marija Saka
As. mr Mihalj Poa
Ass.Prof.
0
3.
4.
Assoc.Prof.
0
As. Ana Pilipovi
As. Mladena Lali
Full Prof.
Scientist
Head of Department
Prof. dr Jovan Popovi. s.r.
43
16.PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY OF INORGANIC COMPOUNDS (FIIFHNJ)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY OF INORGANIC COMPOUNDS

Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Analytical chemistry I (for taking the exam)

Year of
study
Second

Lectures
Teaching methods
Practice

Lectures
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
0
1
2
1
3
Interactive lectures with video presentations; Laboratory Practice individual or group;
Consultations.
AIM
GOAL
The aim of this course is to offer students basic, scientific and academic knowledge and skills in the field of
pharmacological active substances of natural, polysynthetic and synthetic origin. Students learn about the structure,
international generic names of drugs; branded names of drugs; nomenclature; physical-chemical properties of drugs.
Special emphasis is given to the association between the chemical structure and effects, ass well as to drug
biotransformation.
Knowledge and understanding of chemical structures and properties of pharmacological active
Knowledge substances, metabolism and effects through receptors or some other way. Application of gained
knowledge in research and practice.
It is necessary for undergraduates to receive training and develop skills for laboratory work. They are
Skills
trained to analyze and prepare pharmacological active substances, to bind theoretical and practical
knowledge and to apply them in pharmacology, pharmaceutical technology and other medical courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1.
INTRODUCTION INTO PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY: Chemical classification. The role of

pharmaceutical chemistry in science. Pharmacopeia.
2. WATER AS VEHICLE IN PHARMACY: Water purification: Water decarbonization. Water demineralization.
Distilled water (water used for injections).
3. DRUGS: Therapeutic indications, effects, contraindications, interactions with other drugs, adverse effects.
4. DRUGS: Mechanism of action. Pharmaceutical forms, incompatibility.
a. ACIDS AND ANTACIDS
Preparations which contain Al, Mg i Ca;
Combinations and complex compounds of Al, Mg i Ca;
b. LAXATIVES
Drugs which increase the volume of the intestinal content;
Hyperosmotic drugs;
Emollient laxatives (Stool softeners);
Lubricants;
Salt laxatives;
Stimulation laxatives.
c. ANTI-ANEMIC AGENTS
Anemia therapy;
Oral anti-anemic agents Fe(II) and Fe(III);
Preparations for parenteral administration Fe(III);
Fe combined with folic acid;
Fe combined with other preparations.
d. ADSORBENTS
Intestinal adsorbents: medical carbon and other adsorbents;
Powder, kaolin, bentonite and so on.
5. PLASMA EXPANDERS
Dextrans (preparations)
LOCAL ANTIINFECTIOUS AGENTS
Antimicrobial effects and chemical structure
- Alcohols and so on;.
- Fenols and fenol derivatives;
- Oxidation preparations
- Metals
44
- Cationic surfactants;
- Colors;
- Hg compounds nitro-furan derivatives
7. DIAGNOSTIC (CONTRAST) MEDIA: Definition, classification, chemical structure, role in therapy, adverse reactions
(technetium, fluor, gallium, indium, thallium)
Practical classes
Laboratory classes are organized in one-week block courses.

1. Contents of the laboratory exercise;
2. Water analysis;
3. Plasma expanders.
1.
2.
3.
RECOMMENDED Compulsory
LITERATURE
4.
5.
6.
Wilson E., Gisvold J.B.: Textbook of Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical

Chemistry, Lippincott Company, London, Philadelphia, New York, 1991 (odabrana
poglavlja)
ika Lepojevi: Praktikum hemije i tehnologije farmaceutskih proizvoda, Univerzitet u
Novom Sadu, Tehnoloki fakultet, Zmaj, Novi Sad, 2000.
S.Gaea, M.Klanja, Voda i otpadne vode, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Tehnoloki
fakultet, Novi Sad (odabrana poglavlja)
Interna skripta za praktinu nastavu
Jugoslovenska farmakopeja 2000, peto izdanje, prilagoeni prevod Evropske
farmakopeje iz 1997.(Ph.Eur.III), Savezni zavod za zatitu i unapreenje zdravlja,
Savremena administracija, Beograd, 2000
Farmakopeja SFRJ (Ph.Jug.IV), etvrto izdanje, Savezni zavod za zdravstvenu zatitu,
Beograd, 1984
Optional

Lectures
Practice
10
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
10
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
100
60
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Doc. dr Jelena Cveji
2.
3.
4.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
1
As. Prip. Srenovi Branislava
Techn.demonstrator u nastavi Gruji Nevena
Dr Bursa Mira, PhD student
Head of Department
45
17.INSTRUMENTAL PHARMACEUTICAL ANALYSIS (FII-IFA)

STUDY PROGRAM
Pharmaceutical Studies
DEPARTMENT
Department of pharmacy
COURSE TITLE / CODE
Instrumental Pharmaceutical Analysis

Compulsory
COURSE STATUS
Condition Physical chemistry, Organic chemistry I

Year of the
study

Lecture
II
Practice

Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
3
Seminars
STC credits
11
Teaching methods
AIM
GOAL
Main goals of education based on the course of Instrumental Pharmaceutical Analysis are introduction of students with principals
of instrumental analysis and assumption of knowledge about theory and principles on which techniques of analytical
measurements are established. Comprehension of analytical instruments, their parts and the way measurements are performed. It is
necessary for students to learn the skills for practical applying of knowledge learned in theory. In the laboratory students
practically use learnt measurement techniques and become experienced in modern analytical techniques.
It is necessary that student comprehend theory and practice of instrumental measurements, as well as consecutive
Knowledge steps in pharmaceutical analysis. Instruments parts and way of functioning, amenities and shortcomings od different
measurement techniques. Estimation of analytical faults and statistical analysis.
Appliance of knowledge into the practice. Preparation of analytical procedure and definition of consecutive steps of
Skills
analysis. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of the samples. Use of techniques for increase the accuracy and
precision of measurements. Manipulation of the data, estimation of the faults and presentation of the results.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Theoretical classes
62. Introduction to instrumental pharmaceutical analysis- Classification of analytical methods. Characteristics of

analytical methods, idioms in analytical process. Quality control of analytical methods, control of faults.
63. Introduction of spectroscopy methods- spectroscopy, electromagnetic rays, absorption and emission of radiation,
spectra, terms, types of instruments.
64. Atomic Spectrometry- Atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS)- principle, appliance in pharmaceutical analysis,
interference in AAS. Atomic emission spectroscopy (AES)- principle, instruments, applications, interference in AES
analysis. Inductively coupled plasma (ICP)- principle, application, in pharmaceutical analysis, characteristics.
65. Luminescent spectroscopy Theory of phosphorescention and fluoroscention. Excited states on which
phosphorescention and fluoriscention are based. Emission and excitation spectra. Instruments. Application.
66. Ultraviolet and visible spectroscopy (UV/VIS)- UV/VIS radiation, absorption. Lambert-Beer formula and its
limitations, UV spectra, chromophores, instruments, qualitative and quantitative analysis.
67. Infrared spectroscopy (IR)- principle, molecule vibrations, spectra, interpretation, absorption- factors which influence
absorption, instruments, preparation of the samples. Applications, examples of molecule spactra of pharmaceuticals.
68. Mass spectroscopy- theory of molecule mass spectroscopy, molecule fragmentation, homolitical and heterolitical disunion. Instruments, ionization techniques, EI, PICI, NICI. Ions in spectra, isotopic peaks, transfer of protons.
Application, mass spectra of some pharmaceuticals.
69. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)- Theory of nuclear magnetic resonance. Types of NMR spectra. NMR
instruments. Applications.
70. Chromatography- introduction to chromatography techniques, classification of chromatography methods. Theory of
chromatography, parameters, (indexing ratio, selectivity factor, resolution factor, number of theoretical plates).
Principle of the separation, Rf value, applications.
71. Thin layer chromatography (TLC)- purpose of TLC, stationary and mobile phases, ways of detections. Applications,
examples. High performance thin layer chromatography (HPTLC)- principle, applications.
72. High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)- purpose of HPLC, instruments, principle. Partition, adsorption,
ion-exchange and size elution chromatography. Stationary phase, types of interaction, normal and reversed phased
chromatography systems. Mobile phase, isocratic and gradient elution. Influence of polarity, lipofility and pH values
on elution. Qualitative and quantitative analysis, applications.
73. Gas chromatography (GC)- principle of gas chromatography, instruments. Types of columns and stationary phases.
Selectivity of liquid stationary phase, retention index, system. Kovatzh index. Joining of the gas chromatography with
spectroscopy methods.
74. Cappilary electrophoresis (CE)- principle of electrophoretic separation. Instruments. Applications of CE in
pharmaceutical analysis. High performance cappilary electrophoresis (HPCE).
75. Preparation of the samples. Liquid-liquid extraction, principle, applications. Solid phase extraction (SPE), types of
adsorbents, methodology, application.
76. Electroanalytical chemistry- Introduction to electroanalytical chemistry, electrochemical cell, potential in
electrochemical cell, electrode potential, current in electrochemical cell. Types of electrodes. Potentiometry. Direct
46
potentiometry measurements, potentional titrations. Introduction to voltametry.

Practical classes
29. Introduction to organization and laboratory practice in instrumental pharmaceutical analysis- Rules and handlings in
laboratory practice, organization of laboratory work, potential risks, safety. Regularly performance of basic operations
or practical laboratory practice.
30. Statistical processing of data- evaluation of analytical parameters, standard deviation, coefficient of variation,
recovery, relative fault. Calculation of the parameters of calibration curve. Parameters os statistical processing.
Methods of quantification (external standard, internal standard, standard addition).
31. Ultraviolet and visual spectroscopy (UV/VIS)- Instrument parts, preparation of samples, measurement techniques,
Qualitative analysis, interpretation of UV/VIS spectra. Influence of the polarity, types of solvent and pH values on
spectra. Quantitative analysis, Lambert-Beer formula. Calculation of unknown concentration from the data obtained
by UV- spectroscopy, calculation of molar and specific absorption coefficient. Assignment of concentration of
acetylsalycilic and ascorbic acid. Managing of the data and presentation of the results.
32. Infrared spectroscopy (IR)- Instrument parts, preparation of solid and liquid samples, techniques of measurements.
Qualitative analysis. Interpretation of IR spectra, identification of characteristic stripes. Recording, interpretation and
identification of spectra of pharmaceuticals.
33. Atomic spectroscopy- theoretical basis, instrument parts. Techniques of measurements.
34. Thin layer chromatography (TLC)- Equipment for thin layer chromatography performance, preparation of layers.
Infliction of the samples. Chromatogram development, detection of the analyte on plates. Qualitative test, retention
time. Determination of the optimal mobile phase system for efficient separation of mixture components.
35. Elution column chromatography- separation of mixture components by column chromatography. Stationary and
mobile phase, preparation of chromatography column. Characteristics of separation process. Separation of life
pigments. Eluat analysis.
36. High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)- Instrument parts, preparation of samples, measurement techniques.
Calculation of column parameters- capacity factors, resolution. Adjustment of analysis parameters, computer control,
management and saving of the data. Qualitative and quantitative analysis. Application of liquid chromatography.
Assignment of vitamin C in tablets, lemon and multivitamin preparation. Preparation of samples- solid phase
extraction (SPE), principles, type of stationary phases, performance.
37. Preparation of samples- Liquid-liquid extraction, principle, usage. Solid phase extraction (SPE), principles, type of
stationary phases, performance. Separation of colored analyts from mixture.
38. Gas chromatography (GC)- Instrument parts. Adjustment of parameters of analysis, computer control, management
and saving of data. Qualitative and quantitative analysis. Applications. Assignment of menthol and thymol in the
extract of Mentha Piperita by UV/VIS spectroscopy and gas chromatography.
39. Electroanalytic chemistry- calculation of pH value, degree of ionization, acidoalcalimetry. Potentiometry.
Potentiometric titration of chlorohidrogen acid. Graphic management of data. Ion selective measurements.
Measurements of fluorides in toothpaste using ion selective electrodes. Graphical management of data.
Compulsory
Recommended
literature
Optional
12. Script for theoretical classes

13. Script for practical classes
14. Analytical Chemistry: Skoog, West, Holler
9. Analytical Chemistry Skoog West Holler Crouch
10. Essentials of pharmaceutical Chemistry Donald Cairns
11. A practical guide to instrumental analysis Erno Pungor

Lectures
Practices
10
15
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
15
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
60
Total
100
Teaching staff
Tech.
demonstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
2
23. Ass. Prof. Jelena Cveji
24. Guest Prof. Aneta Dimitrovska
25. Teaching Ass Milica Atanackovi
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
26. Teaching Ass. Vesna Tepavevi
Head of Department
47
18.PHARMACOGNOSY I (FII-FGNI)
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE

COURSE STATUS
PHARMACOGNOSY I
Conditio
n:
Year of
study
Mandatory
Plant Classification, Organic Chemistry I (for taking the exam)

Second
Lecture
Lecture.
Practice
Teaching methods
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
Lectures, Interactive Lectures, Laboratory Classes, Experimental Practice
AIM
GOALS
The aim of this course is to offer students basic knowledge on the most important biologic and pharmacological active
compounds of natural origin; students learn about their biological (ecological) role for some live organisms;
biogenetic origin and modes of biosynthesis of basic classes of secondary biomolecules; their chemical properties and
pharmacological effects. Apart from this, students are encouraged to master basic experimental methods for isolation
and chemical determination of certain classes of pharmacological active biomolecules. In the end, students are
expected to develop critical thinking, analysis and interpretation of certain problems in this scientific discipline.
Students are expected to explain modes of biosynthesis of various classes of biological active compounds,
Knowledge their structural properties and pharmacological effects. The gained knowledge is the basis for participation
in higher courses in pharmacognosy and phytotherapy.
Students are also expected to master skills for lab work and to learn experimental techniques for isolation
Skills
and analysis of certain pharmacological active classes of secondary biomolecules of natural origin. They
should develop critical evaluation skills regarding results of some analyses.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Pharmacognosy as a science. Definition and historical development;

2. Secondary metabolism, relationship between the primary and secondary metabolism and the role of secondary
biomolecules (SB) in plants. Biological and physiological functions of SB. Pharmacological role;
3. Basic biosynthetic pathways of bioactive molecules in drugs.Basic mechanismsof biosynthetic reactions.Classification
of secondary biomolecules;
4. Definition of alkaloids.Basic structural characteristics.Classification of alkaloids based on their structure, biological
activity and biosynthetic origin;
5. Alkaloids derived from L-ornithin;e
6. Alkaloids derived from L-lysine;
7. Alkaloids derived from phenylalanine and tyrosine; Biosynthesis, structure and pharmacological activity;
8. Alkaloids derived from L-tryptophan. Indole alkaloids; Biosynthesis, structure and pharmacological activity;
9. Alkaloids derived from L-histidin;.
10. Terprnic, purine, and steroid alkaloids;
11. Plant phenols. Generally. Simple phenols;
12. Phenols derived by elongation of the side thread;
13. Phenolic polymers. Antrachinones;
14. Isoprenoids- terpenoids;
15. Triterpens:saponines and cardenolides;
16. Biologically active primary plant metabolites.
Practical classes
1. Practical classes are aligned to the lectures.

2. Field instructions include 30 classes. Students are expected to work individually.
RECOMMENDE
D LITERATURE
Compulsory
1.
2.
N. Kovaevi: Osnovi farmakognozije. Srpska kolska knjiga, Beograd, 2002.

M. Gorunovi, P. Luki: Farmakognozija. Farmaceutski fakultet, Beograd, 2001.
48
1.
2.
3.
Optional
4.
5.
Pharmacopoeia Jugoslavica V, Vol. 2. Savremena administracija, Beograd, 2001.

Pharmacopoeia Jugoslavica IV, Vol. 2 (Materia Medica). Savezni zavod za zdravstvenu
zatitu, Beograd, 1984.
N.G. Bisset, M. Wichtl: Herbal Drugs and Phytopharmaceuticals. CRC Press, Boca Raton,
London, New York, Washington D.C., 2001.
H. Wagner, S. Bladt: Plant Drug Analysis 2nd edition. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg,
New York, 2001.
G. Samuelson: Drugs of Natural Origin. A textbook of Pharmacognosy. 4th revised edition.
Apotekarsocieteten, Swedish Pharmaceutical Press, 1999.

Lectures
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
10
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem Teaching Ass.
1.
2.
Lecturer
2
Prof dr Neda Mimica-Duki
Prof. dr Marina Couladis
Ass.Prof.
3.
4.
Assoc.Prof.
1
As. mr Biljana Boin
As. mr Aleksandra Nikoli
Full Prof.
Scientist
Head of Department
49
21. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH (FII-UNIR)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
COURSE STATUS
Condition: None

Department of General Subjects
INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH
Mandatory
Year of
study

Lectures
Practice
Second
0
0
Teaching methods
Lectures

Lectures
Practice
4
0
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
AIM
The aim of this course is to offer undergraduate students knowledge on basic principles of research in the field of biomedicine.
GOAL
Knowledge
Students will gain necessary knowledge associated with scientific way of thinking, planning and research in medicine.
SADRAJ PREDMETA
Skills Students will be capable to analyze the course of research and sources of scientific information.
Theoretical classes
1. Science and pseudoscience.
2. Types of research.
3. Structure and logical schemes of research.
4. Types of scientific publications.
5. Evaluation of scientific publications.
6. Dishonesty in science.
7. Biomedical scientific informatics.
8. Data collection and data processing.
9. Defining the problem and topic of research.
10. Examples of research and their analysis.
11. Processing research and professional data.
Practical classes
RECOMMENDE Compulsory 1.
D LITERATURE Optional 1.
Lectures
Practice
15
M. Kulauzov: ''Uvod u naunoistraivaki rad u biomedicini'' u tampi.

J. Savi: ''Kako stvoriti nauno delo u biomedicini''. Beograd, 1999.

Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Colloquia
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
2h15
20
Total
100
30
Teaching staff
Techn.de
1.
2.
Teaching
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
1
Full Prof.
1
Scientist
Prof. emeritus dr Nevenka Ronevi

Prof. dr Bogoljub Mihajlovi
Head of Department
Prof. dr Aleksandra Doronjski
50
51
22. PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY I (FIII-FRHEI)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY I
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
Condition: Pharmaceutical Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds

Year of
study
Third

Lectures
Teaching methods
Practice

Lectures
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
3
0
0
3
5
Interactive Lectures with use of video presentations; Laboratory Practice individual or in groups.
Consultations.
AIM
GOAL
The aim of this course is to provide students with basic, scientific and academic knowledge and skills in the field of
pharmacological active substances of natural, semi-synthetic and synthetic origin. Students learn about the structure,
international generic names, branded names of medications, nomenclature and physical-chemical properties of drugs.
Special emphasis is given to the association between the chemical structure and effects, as well as to drug
biotransformation.
Students receive training to understand chemical structures and properties of pharmacological active
Knowledge substances, their metabolism and effects through receptors or some other way. Students are challenged to
use their knowledge in research and practice.
It is necessary to develop skills in laboratory practice, skills in analyses and preparation of
Skills
pharmacological active substances, binding gathered practical and theoretical knowledge and their
application in pharmacology, pharmaceutical technology and other medical courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
ANTIBACTERIAL ANTIBIOTICS
- -lactams antibiotics
- Aminoglycosides
- Tetracyclines
- Macrolides
- Polypeptides
- Chloramphenicol
ANTIINFECTIOUS SUBSTANCES
- Antimycotic antibiotics - Nystatin A1 , Amphotericin B, Natamycin, Griseofulvin
- Synthetic antibacterial substances - Quinolones, Nitrofurans and so on.
- Antituberculotic agents
- Antiprotozal agents, Anthelmintic agents
SULFONAMIDES, SULFONES, AND FOLATE REDUCTASE INHIBITORS
ANTIMALARIAL AGENTS
ANTIVIRAL AGENTS
ANTINEOPLASTIC AGENTS
STEROIDS
STEROID HORMONES
- estrogens
- androgens
- progestins
CORTICOSTEROIDS
- mineralocorticoids
- glucocorticoids
CONTRACEPTIVE AGENTS
ANABOLICS
CARDIOTONIC GLYCOSIDES
VITAMINS
- Liposoluble vitamins: A,D,E and K
- Hydrosoluble vitamins: vitamins of the B group, vitamin C.
Practical classes
52
1. Introduction to laboratory work

2. Qualitative analysis of therapeutic substances;
3. Drug purity testing;
4. Writing 4 monographic publications according to Ph. Jug IV i V;
5. Mathematical calculations
1.
2.
3.
Compulsory
4.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
5.
1.
Optional
2.
3.

Chemistry, Lippincott Company, London, Philadelphia, New York, 1991
Foz WO Lemke TL Williams DA: Principles of Medicinal Chemistry (4th edn)
Williams and Wilkins Baltimore, 1995
Laboratorijske vebe iz Farmaceutske hemije, Skripta za internu upotrebu, Zavod za
farmaciju, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad
Savremena administracija, Beograd, 2000.
Beograd, 1984
Paul M. Dewick: Medical Natural products (second edition), John Wilez and sons, Ltd
2002
Nogardy T: Medicinal Chemistry: Biochemical Approach (2nd edn) Oxford Univ Press.
1988
2002
Lectures
Practice
10
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
10
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
100
60
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
Teaching
Ass.
1
1
Prof. dr ika Lepojevi
Doc. dr Nataa Mili
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
3.
4.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
1
1
Gruji Nevena, Techn.demonstrator u nastavi
Head of Department
53
23. GENERAL BIOCHEMISTRY (FIII-OBIH)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Integrated studies of pharmacy

Department for biochemistry
COURSE TITLE / CODE
GENERAL BIOCHEMISTRY
Compulsory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: -Completed exams from the first year

Year of
study
III
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
0
0
0
2
4
Oral presentations for small group of students using multimedial didactic tools. Control of knowledge
by the use of tests with multiple choice questions.
AIM
The aim of this course is to fit the studetns with biochemical knowledge necessary for further studies of pharmacy, and for better
understanding of physiologic and pathologic processes in the body.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
The goal of the course is to offer the following knowledges: Knowledge about basic chemical constituents of the
body. Knowledge about common biochemical pathways, bioenergetics, regulatory mechanisms and its importance for
the normal metabolism. Knowledge about biological events on the molecular level and understanding of the essence
of the diseases.
-
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
General biochemistry
1. Introduction to general biochemistry
2. Water as biological solvent
3. Aminoacids. Peptides.
4. Proteins structure, characteristics, classification. Haemoproteins haemoglobine, myoglobine and cytochromes.
5. Glycides: monosacharides, polysaccharides, glycosaminoglicans, proteoglicans, glycoproteins.
6. Lipids: fatty acids, simple and complex lipids. Lipoproteins. Eicosanoids.
7. Purine and pyrimidine bases, nucleosides and nucleotides.
8. Enzymes chemical nature, enzymatic catalysis. Kinetic of the enzyme reaction, inhibition. Classification and
nomenclature of enzymes. Coenzymes and vitamines.
9. Biological membranes. Transportation processes through membranes.
10. Chemical thermodynamics. Bioenergetics. Energy-rich chemical bonds.
11. Catabolism and anabolism, role of Acetyl-CoA
12. Glycolisis. Glycogenolysis. Synthesis of glycogene and the regulation of the glycogen synthesis and breakdown.
13. Beta oxydation of fatty acids and the energetic yield. Triacylgliceroles: breakdown, synthesis, regulation of their
metabolism.
14. Catabolism of aminoacids, transamination and oxydative desamination. Glycogenic and ketogenic aminoacids.
Ureogenesis.
15. Oxydative decarboxylation of pyruvate. Crebbs cytric acid cycle. Pentose phosphate cycle.
16. Structure of mitochondrial membrane, mitochondrial respiratory chain, oxydative phosphorilation.
17. Gluconeogenesis: course, precursors, energy yield and regulation.
18. Biosynthesis of fatty acids, sphygolipids and glycerophospholipids.
19. Biosynthesis of cholesterol. Biosynthesis of heme.
20. Biotransformation of xenobiotics.
21. Biosynthesis of nucleotides. Breakdown of nucleic acids.
22. Molecular basis of heredity. DNA structure, synthesis of DNA replication, mutations. RNA, structure, function
and classes. RNA transcription, inhibitors of transcription. Synthesis of proteins translation and processing.
Inhibitors of proteosynthesis.
23. Intercellular communications, first messengers, classes of intracellular signalisation.
24. Mechanisms of action of hormones: receptors, classes of receptors, second messengers.
Practical classes
Recommended
Compulsory
15. Prof.dr Jela Borota: Biochemistry outlines, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad 2005.
54
Literature
Optional
12. Pamela C.Champe, Richard A.Harvey, Denise R.Ferrier: Lippincotts Illustrated Reviews:
Biochemistry, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Third edition Philadelphia 2005.

Lectures
Practices
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
40
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
40
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Teaching Ass.
Lecturer
5
Prof.dr Jela Borota
Doc.dr Karmen Stankov
Doc.dr Jasna Adamov
Asist.dr Mirjana Miloevi-Toi
Asist.dr Jelena Stojevi-Maleti
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
32. Asist.dr.sci Tatjana ebovi

33. Asist.dr Jovica Oros
34. Asist.dr Jasmina Katani
Department chief: Prof.dr Jela Borota
55
24. PATOPHYSIOLOGY I (FIII-PFII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Pathophysioogy
COURSE TITLE / CODE
Pathophysiology 1
Compulsory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Year of
study
III
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
2
Seminars
ECTS credits
5
Teoretical classes, practical classes, colloquium
AIM
To provide the student with a general understanding of etiology and pathogenesis of disease and dysfunctions of specific organs or
organ systems and enable the students successful transition from pre-clinical to clinical courses.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
After the completion of the course the student should have a general understanding of etiology and pathogenesis in
human disease. General principles behind functional changes in human disease. Specific disorders of individual organs
and organ systems.
After the completion of the course the student should be familiar with the principles and methods of performing and
interpreting common biochemical, hematological and immunological laboratory tests and other analyses and
functional studies that are neccessary for diagnosis in general practice.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
77. Introduction to pathophysiology, defense mechanisms I

78. Defense mechanism II Etiological factors of disease
79. Disorders of protein metabolism as etiological factors in disease I
80. Disorders of protein metabolism as etiological factors in disease II
81. Disorders of protein metabolism as etiological factors in disease III
82.
Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism as etiological factors in disease I
83.
Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism as etiological factors in disease II
84.
Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism as etiological factors in disease III
85.
Disorders of lipid metabolism as etiological factors in disease I
86. Disorders of lipid metabolism as etiological factors in disease II
87. Disorders of vitamin and enzyme metabolism
88. Disorders of water and electrolyte metabolism I
89. Disorders of water and electrolyte metabolism II
90. Disorders of water and electrolyte metabolism III
91. Nutritional disorders as etiological factors in disease
92. Effects of cold on the human body
93. Physical etiological factors in disease
94. Chemical etiological factors in disease
95. Malignant neoplasm as an etiological factors in disease
96. Disorders of immunity as etiological factors in disease I
97. Disorders of immunity as etiological factors in disease II
98. Disorders of nervous and humoral regulation I
99. Disorders of nervous and humoral regulation II
100. Disorders of nervous and humoral regulation III
101. Disorders of nervous and humoral regulation IV
102. Disorders of nervous and humoral regulation V
103. Disorders of nervous and humoral regulation VI
104. Disorders of nervous and humoral regulation VII
105. Pathophysiology of the respiratory system I
106. Pathophysiology of the respiratory system II
107. Pathophysiology of the respiratory system III
108. Pathophysiology of growth, development and ageing
109. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system I
110. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system II
111. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system III
112. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system IV
113. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system V
114. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system VI
115. Pathophysiology of the digestive tract II
116. Pathophysiology of the digestive tract III
117. Pathophysiology of the digestive tract IV
118. Pathophysiology of disordered hepatic function I
56
119. General pathophysiological changes in hepatic function I

120. General pathophysiological changes in hepatic function II
121. General pathophysiological changes in hepatic function III
122. Pathophysiology of the nervous system I
123. Pathophysiology of the nervous system II
124. Pathophysiology of the uropoetic system I
125. Pathophysiology of the uropoetic system II
126. Pathophysiology of the uropoetic system III
127. Pathophysiology of the uropoetic system IV
128. Pathophysiology of the the blood and hematopoietic organs - erythrocytes
129. Pathophysiology of the the blood and hematopoietic organs leukocytes
130. Pathophysiology of the hemostatic system I
131. Pathophysiology of the hemostatic system II
132. Pathophysiology of the locomotor system. I Pathophysiology of the locomotor system II repetition and consultation regarding
final exam
Practical classes
Recommended
Literature
Compulsory
Optional
16. Mathson Porth C: Pathophysiology. Concepts of Altered Health States, Lippincot Williams
Wilkins 2006.
17. Chris E, Kaufman, M.D.; Patrick A. McKee, M.D., Essentials of Pathophisiology, Little, Brown
and Company, 1996. Bostonj
18. Mc. Phee J.S.: Pathophysiology of disease. An Introduction to Clinical Medicine, Appelton
Lange, Stanford Connecticut 1987.
13. McCance K.: Pathophysiology. The biological Basis for Disease in Adults and Children,
Mosby, 1998.

Lectures
Practices
30
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
100
50
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
Teaching Ass.
Lecturer
7
Full Prof. Mirjana eri
Ass. Prof. Nikola uri
Teaching Ass. Gorana Miti
Teaching Ass. Romana Mijovi
Teaching Ass. Velibor abarkapa
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
40. Teaching Ass. Radmila eravica

41. Teaching Ass. Sunica Damjanov-Koji
42. Teaching Ass. Biljana Vukovi
43. Teaching Ass. Branislava Ilini
Chief of Department
Full Prof. Ferenc Dujmovi
57
25. IMMUNOLOGY WITH VIROLOGY FOR PHARMACISTS

(FIII-IM/VR)
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Microbiology with Parasitology and Immunology
COURSE TITLE / CODE
IMMUNOLOGY WITH VIROLOGY FOR PHARMACISTS
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
Condition: Human genetics

Year of
study
Third

Lectures
Teaching methods
Practice

Lectures
Practice
Colloquia
2
Seminars
2
ECTS credits
7
Lectures, Practice and Seminars
AIM
The aim of this course is to provide students with comprehensive knowledge in the fields of immunology and virology, and to
apply them in theory and practice.
GOA
L
Knowledge Theoretical preparation of undergraduates for making diagnosis and differential diagnosis.
Skills
Preparation of students for practical work, for selection of appropriate methods and their interpretation.
CORSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
58
1. Immunology a review of development. Development of the immunologic system.

2. Defence mechanisms and organism integrity (nonspecific and specific). Aggressive action of microorganisms. Infection.
Defence mechanisms from bacteria, viruses, parasites, and fungi.
3. Structure and functional organization of the immunologic system. Regulation of immunologic reactions.
4. Antigens and heptanes. Conditions of immunogenicity. Specific issues in immunology. Recognition of foreign (and self)
immunologic memory.
5. Cellular basis of immunologic reactivity. Cellular collaboration in the immune response. Antibody dependent celular
cytotoxicity.
6. Antibodies (immunoglobulinsi).Biological features of antibodies and their roles. Ways of their establishment.
7. Human HLA complex and its roles.
8. Immunosuppression. Immunologic tollerance, and facilitation. Immuno-modulations in therapy.
9. Complement. Atibodies against antigens in erythrocytes (their role, incompatibility).
10. Immunological deficiency (types and role).
11. Active and passive immunity (natural and arteficial). Special properties of immunology in viral, bacterial, parasite and
mycotic infections. Vaccines and vaccination (problems)
12. Hypersensitivity of early type (mechanisms and manifestations).
13. Hypersensitivity of late type (mechanisms and manifestations).
14. Transplantation immunity.
15. Neoplasm immunity. Mechanism of immune surveillance.
16. Autoimmune diseases classification and mechanisms of development.
17. Application of antigen antibody reaction in diagnosis. Immunological tests and their interpretation.
18. Differences between viruses and other microorganisms and their role in medicine.
19. Viral particle . Virion. Determination of the form and size of the virus. Electric microscope.
20. Chemical structure of viruses (viral proteins, viral nucleic acids, viral antigens).
21. Hemagglutinins and viral hemagglutination.
22. Classification of viral infections.
23. Pathogenesis of virus diseases. Syndrome manifestations of virus diseases.
24. Stages of virus multiplication. Selectivity and tropism of viruses.
25. Virus genetics.
26. Defective viruses. Prions.
27. Virus variability.
28. Virus associations (associatin of infections, interferences and exaltations).
29. Ininterferon (role and application).
30. Viral vaccines.
31. Physical and chemical agents action and chemotherapy of viruses (antiviral agents). Principles of rational antiviral
therapy.
32. Virus multiplication in lab conditions (cell cultures, embyo eggs and lab animals).
33. Establisment of etiologic diagnosis of virus diseases.
34. Classification of viruses. The most important families of viral DNA and RNA.
35. Picornaviridae.
36. Orthomyxoviridae.
37. Paramyxoviridae.
38. Rhabdoviridae.
39. Togaviridae and arboviruses.
40. Adenoviridae and parvoviridae.
41. Papillomaviridae and polyomaviridae.
42. Herpesviridae.
43. Poxviridae.
44. Human hepatitis viruses.
45. HIV.
Practical classes
59
1. Phydsiological role of immunologic reaction.

2. Antigen-independent and antigen-dependent phases in the maturation of t and b lymphocytes.
3. Antigens. Haptens. The role of adjuvants
4. Antibodies Immunoglobulins. Primary and secondary immunological reaction
5. Basic properties of antigens, antibodies and development of antigen-antibody complex (in vitro).
6. Agglutination. Precipitation. Immunoelectrophoresis.
7. Complement.
8. Neutralization test (nt). Fluorescent microscopy techniques.
9. ELISA and immune peroxidation.
10. Radio-immune techniques.
11. Nucleic acid hybridization techniques. Polymerase chain reaction (pcr).
12. Diagnosis of IGM class antibodies (in rapid and early diagnosis).
13. Monoclonal antibodies.
14. Immune-electronic microscopy.
15. Determination of the cellular immunologic reactions and their role.
16. Result interpretation of immunological diagnostic tests and serological reactions.
17. Determination of the quantity of immunoglobulins in complements.
18. Determination of the immune-prophylaxis efficacy.
19. Selection, sapling and transportation of materials for virology testing.
20.Interpretation of results of virology tests.
21. Virus isolation in cell cultures.
22. Electronic and immune-electronic microscopy.
23. Nucleic acids hybridization techniques and PCR.
24. Isolation of viruses in embryonated chicken eggs.
25. Isolation of viruses in lab animals.
26. Virus selectivity and tropism.
27. Inclusions.
28. Preparation methods in virology.
29.Virus hemagglutination.
30. Serologic reactions of etiological and random specificity.
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory 2.
Optional
1.
Imunologija, Vera Jerant-Pati, Budunost, Novi Sad 2002, 285 str

Medicinska virusologija, Vera Jerant-Pati, Budunost, Zavod za udbenike, Beograd 1995, 537
str
Medicinska mikrobiologija, Davec, Melnik, Adelberg, Savremena administracija, Beograd,
1995, 677 str

Lectures
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
25
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
25
100
25
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
2
Prof dr Vera Jerant-Pati
Prof. dr Marija Kulauzov
Prof. dr Mira Mihajlovi-Ukropina
Prof. dr Vesna Miloevi
Prof. dr Zora Jelesi
Ass.Prof.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
Prof. dr Ivana Hrnjakovi-Cvjetkovi

As. dr Gordana Boji-Milievi
As. dr Vera Gusman Pasterko
Mr Deana Medi, Techn.demonstrator
Head of Department
Prof. dr Vera Jerant Pati s.r.
60
61
26. PHARMACOGNOSY II (FIII-FGNII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
CODE
PHARMACOGNOSY II
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
Condition
Pharmacognosy I
Year of
study

Lectures
Third
Lectures
Practice
Teaching methods
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Lectures, Interactive Lectures, Practical Classes, Experiments
AIM
The aim of this course to introduce the most important medicinal resources of natural origin, their active constituents,
as well as methods of identification of certain herbal medicines of significance for medicine and pharmacy.
GOALS
Knowledge
Skills
Students should be capable to identify biological source for each herbal medicine and its distribution in
the nature, morphological and anatomic features of medicines, chemical structure and predominant
constituents, as well as pharmacological effects and application.
Students should master skills to identify and define drugs and their biological source, to examine drug
quality, and finally to be able to participate in conception, organization and management of the drug
production process providing drug quality.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Theoretical classes
Plants as drug sources.Quality, security and efficacy of herbal medicines.

Alkaloid drugs: Parasypatholytics, spasmolytics, mydriatics, antidiureticsand antineural agents.
Alkaloid drugs:Aanalgetics, parasypathomimetics, miotics, antihypertonics, cytostatics, insecticides.
Alkaloid drugs: Antiasthmatics, analeptics andi diuretics, parasypathomimetics
Alkaloid drugs: Irritants, Expectorants, emetics, amebicides, antimalaric agents, antihelmentics
Phenol drugs: Drugs with simple phenols
Phenol drugs: Drugs which contain lignans, aryl-hepatonids, stilbenes and i xantons
Phenol drugs: drugs containing flavonides.
Phenol drugs: drugs containing tanines, antrachinones,cannabinoids, and floroglucinol
Ether oils and aromatic drugs.
Aromatic drugs
Drugs containing iridoids glycosides
Drug containing diterpen and triterpen glycosides
Drugs containing eteroid triterpensne, fatty oils, heterosaccharides,aminoacids and peptides
Individual student work on a project..
Practical classes
3. Practical classes are aligned to the lectures.

4. Field instructions include 30 classes. Students are expected to work individually.
1.
2.
1.
2.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDE
D LITERATURE
Optional
N. Kovaevi: Osnovi farmakognozije. Srpska kolska knjiga, Beograd, 2002.

M. Gorunovi, P. Luki: Farmakognozija. Farmaceutski fakultet, Beograd, 2001.
N.G. Bisset, M. Wichtl: Herbal Drugs and Phytopharmaceuticals. CRC Press, Boca Raton,
London, New York, Washington D.C., 2001.

Lectures
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
10
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
1.
2.
Lecturer

Prof. dr Olga Tzakou
Ass.Prof.
3.
4.
5.
Assoc.Prof.
1
As. Biljana Boin
As. Aleksandra Nikoli
As. Neda Laki
Full Prof.
Scientist
62
63
27. PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY II (FIII-FRHEII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY II
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Pharmaceutical chemistry I (for taking the exam)

Year of
study

Lectures
Third
Teaching methods
Practice

Lectures
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
2
3
3
5
Interactive Lectures and use of video presentations. Laboratory Practice individually or in groups.
AIM
GOAL
The aim of this course is to offer students quality theoretical, scientific and academic knowledge and skills about
chemical reactions important for qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis of pharmaceutical preparations in the
field of pharmacological active substances of natural, semi-synthetic and synthetic origin. Students learn about the
structure, international generic names, branded names of medications, nomenclature and physical-chemical properties
of drugs. Special emphasis is given to the association between the chemical structure and effects, as well as to drug
biotransformation.
Students receive training to understand chemical structures and properties of pharmacological active
Knowledge substances, their metabolism and effects through receptors or some other way. Students are challenged to
use their knowledge in research and practice.
It is necessary to develop skills in laboratory practice, skills in analyses and preparation of
Skills
pharmacological active substances, binding gathered practical and theoretical knowledge and their
application in pharmacology, pharmaceutical technology and other medical courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSANTS

a. Antipsychotics (neuroleptics), tranquilizers (anxiolytics),
anticonvulsants (antiepileptics)
CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM STIMULANTS
Tricyclic antidepressants, analeptics, MAO inhibitors
ANALGETISICS
Narcoanalgesics
- Morphine and other substances
sedation
anesthetics
hypnotics,
Analgoantipyretics
Antitusics
LOCAL ANESTHETICS
HISTAMINE AND ANTIHISTAMINES
ADRENERGICS AND ANTIADRENERGIC AGENTS
CHOLINERGICS AND ANTICHOLINERGICS
CARDIOVASCULAR AGENTS
Vasodilators
Antiarrhythmics
Antihypertensive agents
Anticoagulation agents
Thyroid hormones
Antithyroid agents
DIURETICS
Practical classes
Chosen experimental tasks and calculations in agreement with the theoretical classes.
64
1.
2.
3.
Compulsory
4.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
5.
1.
Optional
2.
3.

Chemistry, Lippincott Company, London, Philadelphia, New York, 1991
Foz WO Lemke TL Williams DA: Principles of Medicinal Chemistry (4th edn)
Williams and Wilkins Baltimore, 1995
Laboratorijske vebe iz Farmaceutske hemije, Skripta za internu upotrebu, Zavod za
farmaciju, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad
Savremena administracija, Beograd, 2000.
Beograd, 1984
2002
Nogardy T: Medicinal Chemistry: Biochemical Approach (2nd edn) Oxford Univ Press.
1988
2002
LectureS
Practice
10
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
10
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
100
60
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
2
Doc. dr Nataa Mili
As. Neda Laki
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
2
4.
5.

Gruji Nevena, Techn.demonstrator
Head of Department
65
28. PATHOPHYSIOLOGY II (FIII-PFIII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE STATUS

Department of Pathophysiology
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY II
Mandatory
Condition: Human Genetics, Pharmaceutical Physiology II, Pathophysiology I (for taking the examza polaganje ispita)
Year of
study

Lectures
Practice
Third
Teaching methods
Lectures
Practice
Colloquia
1
Seminars
0
ECTS credits
6
Lectures, Colloquia
AIM
The aim of this course is to provide students with a general understanding of etiology and pathogenesis of disease and
dysfunctions of specific organs or organ systems and enable the students successful transition from pre-clinical to clinical courses.
After the completion of the course the student should have a general understanding of etiology and pathogenesis in
Knowledge human disease. General principles behind functional changes in human disease. Specific disorders of individual organs
GOAL
COURSE DESCRIPTION
and organ systems

After the completion of the course the student should be familiar with the principles and methods of performing and
Skills
interpreting common biochemical, hematological and immunological laboratory tests and other analyses and functional
studies that are necessary for diagnosis in general practice.
Theoretical classes
1. Pathophysiology of the respiratory system 1.
4. Pathophysiology of growth, development and ageing
5. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system 1.
11. Pathophysiology of the digestive tract 1.
14. Pathophysiology of the hepatic function disorders 1.
18. Pathophysiology of the nervous system 1.
19. Pathophysiology of the nervous system 2.
20. Pathophysiology of the uropoietic system 1.
24. Pathophysiology of blood and hematopoietic organs - erythrocytes
25. Pathophysiology of blood and hematopoietic organs leukocytes
Pathophysiology of the hemostatic system 1
26. Pathophysiology of the hemostatic system 2.
27. Pathophysiology of the locomotion system 1.
28. Pathophysiology of the locomotion system 2.
29. Repetition and Consultations prior to the exam
Practical classes
Practical classes are fully in agreement with the theoretical classes.
1.
2.
RECOMMENDED
Compulsory 3.
LITERATURE
4.
ivanevi-Simonovi S: Opta patoloka fiziologija, Medicinski fakultet Kragujevac 2002.

Stefanovi S.: Klinika fiziologija, Medicinska knjiga Beograd Zagreb 1984.
Babi Lj., Borota R., Lui A: Prirunik praktinih i seminarskih vebi iz patoloke fiziologije,
Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad 2002.
Gamulin S.: Patofiziologija, Medicinska naklada Zagreb 2002.
66
1.
2.
Optional
3.
Kulauzov M.: Patoloka fiziologija 1. deo Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2004.
Mc. Phee J.S.: Pathophysiology of disease. An Introduction to Clinical Medicine, Appelton
Lange, Stanford Connecticut 1987.
Mathson Porth C: Pathophysiology. Concepts of Altered Health States, Lippincot Williams
Wilkins 2002.

Pre-exam activities
Total
Final exam
Lectures
Practice
Colloquia
Essay
30
10
Other
Written
Oral
60
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Prof dr Ferenc Dujmovi

Prof. dr Zoran Stoi
Prof. dr Mirjana eri
Doc. dr Nikola uri
Doc. dr Marija arkov
As. mr sc dr Gorana Miti
Ass.Prof.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
2
3
As. dr Radmila eravica
As. pr. mr sc dr Sunica Koji-Damjanov
As. pr. mr sc dr Velibor abarkapa
As. pr. dr Romana Mijovi
As. pr. mr sc dr Biljana Vukovi
Dr Branislava Ilini Techn.demonstrator u nastavi
Ana Jakovljevi-Filipovi, stud. na dokt. studijama
Head of Department
Prof. dr Ferenc Dujmovi s.r.
67
29. GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY (FIII-OFAR)

DEPARTMENT

Department of Pharmacology, Toxicology and Clinical Pharmacology
COURSE TITLE / CODE
GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
STUDY PROGRAM
Condition: Pharmaceutical Physiology II

Year of
study

Lectures
Third
Lectures
Practice
Teaching methods
Practice
Seminars
Colloquia
2
ECTS credits
11
Lectures and Laboratory Practice
AIM
Students are offered basic knowledge on pharmaceutical preparations and prepared for better understanding of their
actions in different systems.
GOAL
Knowledge
At the end of this course students should know why, how, and when to use a certain medication; they
should also learn general data on movement of drugs in the body, their location and mechanisms of
action, interactions and adverse effects.
Skills
Theoretical classes
1.
2.
3.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
History of pharmacology. Classification into disciplines. Medication and poison.

Administration of drugs. Drug dosage. Therapeutic index and therapeutic properties of drugs.
Movement of drugs in the body. Transport of drugs through biomembranes. Absorption and distribution of
drugs. Excretion of drugs.
4. Drug metabolism. Indication and inhibition of enzymes. Factors which change drug metabolism.
5. Ways of drug actions. Locations of drug actions. Mechanisms of drug actions. Receptors. G-protein.
6. Drug interactions. Synergism and antagonism. Drug use in special conditions.
7. Pharmacokinetics.
8. Adverse drug effects. Drug addiction.
9. Processing of seminar papers.
10. Interactive lecture with students regarding a pharmacological problem.
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Types of drug administration.

Drug dosage.
Drug interactions. Synergism and antagonism. Drug use in special conditions.
Drug prescription.
Different drug forms.
Adverse drug effects. Drug addiction.
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
2.
1.
Optional
Varagi V, Miloevi M. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Elit Medica, Beograd (2004., 2005.,

2006. ili 2007.)
akovi-vajcer K i sar. TEST-PITANjA IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE I TOKSIKOLOGIJE.
Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2001.
Rang HP, Dale MM, Ritter JM, Moore PK. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Data Status, Beograd,
2005.

Pre-exam activities
Lectures
Total
Final exam
Practice
Colloquia
Essay
20
2h20
10
Other
Written
Oral
30
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
68
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prof dr Kornelija akovi-vajcer

Prof. dr Ana Sabo
Prof. dr Momir Mikov
Prof. dr Jovan Popovi
Prof. dr Zdenko Tomi
Doc. dr Velibor Vasovi
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Doc. dr Aleksandar Rakovi

Teaching Ass. mr Isidora Samojlik
Teaching Ass. mr Olga Horvat
Teaching Ass. mr Saa Vukmirovi
Techn.demonstrator Boris Milijaevi, dr
Techn.demonstrator, Stelinovi Neboja dr
Head of Department
Prof. dr Ana Sabo s.r
69
30. GENERAL AND SPECIAL BACTERIOLOGY WITH PARASITOLOGY

FOR PHARMACISTS (FIII-BK/PAR)
DEPARTMENT

COURSE TITLE / CODE
GENERAL AND SPECIAL BACTERIOLOGY WITH PARASITOLOGY FOR PHARMACISTS
STUDY PROGRAM
COURSE STATUS
PHARMAPHPHARMACISTSWITFORARAZITOLOGIJOM
Mandatory
Condition: Immunology with Virology for Pharmacists (for taking the exam)
Year of
study
Lectures
Practice
Lectures
Practice
Third
Teaching methods
Colloquia
3
Seminars
2
ECTS credits
6
Tests, practical and theoretical examinations
AIM
The aim of this course is to offer undergraduates knowledge in the fields of bacteriology and Parasitology and to teach them how
to use it in theory and practice.
GOAL
Knowledge Theoretical preparation for establishing diagnosis and differential diagnosis.
Students are prepared for practical work and they are expected to choose appropriate methods and their interpretation.
Skills
Theoretical classes
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1. Introduction in microbiology. The role of microorganisms in the world of living beings.

2. Properties of bacterial cells.
3. Classification and nomenclature of bacteria.
4. Structure of bacterial cells.
5. Metabolism of bacterial cells.
6. Growth and multiplication of bacteria.
7. Bacterial genetics.
8. Bacterial pathogenicity and virulence
9. Binds between microorganisms and higher living beings.
10. Antibacterial agents (antibiotics and chemotherapeutics)
11. Bacterial resistance to antibacterial agents
12. Effects of physical and chemical agents on microorganisms
13. Nosocomial infections
14. Normal bacterial microflora in humansa
15.Genus staphylococcus. Genus streptococcus. Genus enterococcus. Genus legionela. Genus neiseria. Genus
corynebacterium. Genus mycobacterium. Actinomycoes. Nocardia. Genus bacillus. Genus clostridium. Familia
enterobacteriaceae. Genus Escherichia. Genus salmonella. Genus shigella.
16. Other enterobacteria. Pseudomonas. Hemophilus. Listeria. Bordetella. Brucella.
17. Anaerobic gram-negative bacteria. (Genus vibrio. Aeromonas. Plesiomonas. Genus yersinia. Genus campylobacter.
Genus helicobacter. Genus treponema. Genus borrelia. Genus leptospira. Genus Chlamydia. Genus mycoplasma. Genus
ureaplasma).
18. Rickettsia
19. Sanitary bacteriology
20. Bactarial vaccines
21. Introduction in parasitology
22. Classification.
23. Sarcomastigophora classes: Plasmodium; Cryptosporidium. Toxoplasmosis
24. General properties of helminths
25.Cestodes. Trematodes. Nematodes.
26. Medical microbiology
Practical classes
Practical classes are fully in agreement with the theoretical classes.
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
Optional
2.
1.
Medicinska bakteriologija, Milena vabi-Vlahovi, savremena administracija, Beograd, 2005,

419 str
Medicinska parazitologija sa mikologijom, Tibor Lepe, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 1988,
185 str
Medicinska mikrobiologija, Davec, Melnik, Adelberg, Savremena administracija, Beograd,
1995, 677 str

70
Lectures
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
25
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
25
100
25
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
2
Prof. dr Marija Kulauzov
Prof. dr Mira Mihajlovi-Ukropina
Prof. dr Zora Jelesi
Ass.Prof.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist

As. dr Vera Gusman Pasterko
Mr Deana Medi
As. dr Ljiljana Suvajdi
Head of Department
Prof. dr Vera Jerant Pati s.r.
71
31. GENERAL PHYTOTHERAPY (FIII-OFT)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
COURSE STATUS
GENERAL PHYTOTHERAPY
Condition
Year of
study
Mandatory
None
Third
Lecturea
Lectures
Practice
Teaching methods
Practice
Colloquia
2
Seminars
1
ECTS credits
2
Lectures, Interactive lectures, Experimental Practice, General Practice
AIM
The aim of this course is to offer students basic information on current phytotherapy and its role in medicine and
pharmacy. Students are expected to learn about the most important phyto-preparations which are used in our country
and in the world, about their active constitutive parts, therapeutic dosage, mechanisms of action and adverse effects.
GOAL
By attending this course students should integrate their knowledge in courses of pharmacognosy I, II, and realistically
estimate application of phyto-preparation in current techniques of medication; they should also be able to classify
Knowledge
drugs and phyto-preparations according to basic pharmacological activities. Students should also have a critical
attitude to certain phyto-preparations and explain their advantages and disadvantages.
Students are expected to acquire skills of objective assessment in using phyto-preparations and their role in current
Skills
techniques of medication, as well as in preparation of phyto-preparations, with complete analysis of commercial
medicinal plant preparations or nutritiens.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Theoretical classes
Phytotherapy. Definition and role in current therapeutic medicine.

Regulations and instructions for application of phyto-therapeutics.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of nervous system diseases.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of cardiovascular system diseases.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of metabolism disorders.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of renal system diseases.
Antiinflammatory agents in phytotherapy.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of respiratory system diseases.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of reproductive organs diseases.
Adaptogenic phyto-therapeutics.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of digestive tract diseases.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of liver and bile diseases.
Phyto-preparations in the therapy of skin diseases.
Phyto-nutritients.
Phyto-preparations in the prevention of neoplasms.
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
General quality of phyto-therapeutics- evaluation and control.

Investigation of forgery in phyto-therapy.
Tae mixtures analysis.
Identification and determination of the contents of active components in phyto-preparations.
Instructions for using phyto-preparations analysis and control.
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
2.
1.
2.
3.
R. Blumenthal: The Complete German Commission E Monographs. American Botanical

Council, Austin, 1999.
F. Capasso, T. S. Gaginella, G. Grandolini, A. A. Izzo: Fitoterapija-Prirunik biljne medicine.
Prometej, Novi Sad, 2005.
WHO Monographs, Vol. 1 i Vol. 2. World Health Organization, Geneva, 1999, 2002.
M. Heinrich, J. Barnes, S. Gibbons, E. Williamson: Fundamentals of Pharmacognosy and
Phytotherapy. Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh, London, 2004.

Lectures
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
10
Essay
Other
10
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
40
Total
100
Teaching staff
72
1.
2.
Lecturer
2
Prof. dr Elizabeth Wiliamson
Ass.Prof.
3.
4.
Assoc.Prof.
As. Mp Biljana Boin

As. Mp Aleksandra Nikoli
Full Prof.
Scientist
Head of Department
73
32. CHEMOMETRCS (FIII-IP)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
CHEMOMETRICS
Optional
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Mathematics, Statistics, Physical Chemistry

Year of
study

Lectures
Third
Lectures
Practice
Teaching methods
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
6,0
Lectures, Llaboratory Practice, Colloquia, Essays, Consultations
AIM
The main aim of this course is to develop logical thinking about information related to binding molecular structure
(of the medication) with biological activity, as well as physical and chemical properties of mathematical models.
GOAL
Students should acquire basic knowledge in linear algebra, and mathematical statistics.
Students should also gain knowledge in basic mathematical methods which are used in chemometrics
realized by using computer software.
Knowledge
Skills
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
133. Molecular descriptors.

134. Basic principles of QSAR.
135. Data scaling: centering, autoscaling, maximum scaling, range scaling, generalized range scaling.
136. Molecular grouping in a multidimensional space: clastering, fuzzy grouping.
137. Factor analysis,principial component analysis.
138. Model setting using multiple regressions.
139. Genetic algorithms.
140. Artificial neural networks Cohons network.
Practical classes
40. Application of computer softwares: SPSS, Statistica, Sybyl,Chem 3D ultra

1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
D.L. Masart, B.G.M. Vandeginste, L.M.C. Buydens, S. De Yong, P.J. Levi, J. SmeyersVerbeke, Handbook of Chemometrics and Qualimetrics: Part B, Elsevier, Amsterdam,
1998.
2.B.R. Kowalski, M.A. Sharaf, D.L. Illman, Chemometrics, Wiley, New York, 1986.
1. Horvai, Gy. (Ed), 2001.

Tankknyvkiad, Budapest.
Sokvltozs
adatelemzs
(kemometria),
Nemzeti

Lectures
Practice
15
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
15
Essay
Other
15
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
1.Doc. dr Nataa Mili
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
1
2.As. mr sc Mihalj Poa
3.As. Milica Atanackovi
Head of Department:
Full Prof.
Scientist
74
75
32. SELECTED CHAPTERS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (FIII-IP)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
SELECTED CHAPTERS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

Optional
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Students should pass exams of the previous academic year.

Year of
study
Third
Lectures
Teaching methods
Practice

Lectures
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
4
1
6,0
Lectures, Interactive Lectures, Internet, E-learning, Practical Classes, Workshops, Problem-based
learning, Analysis of cases from practice, Participation in research projects
AIM
This course offers students to understand DNA and RNA synthesis, protein synthesis, genetic material recombination, vectors and
cloning, gene identification and isolation, DNA libraries, Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), oncogenes and carcinogenesis.
Students are challenged to learn about basic methods of molecular biology through workshops and seminars.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
After passing the exam, students are expected to have knowledge about DNA and RNA synthesis, protein synthesis,
genetic material recombination, vectors and cloning, gene identification and isolation, DNA libraries, Polymerase
Chain Reaction (PCR), oncogenes and carcinogenesis.
After the end of this course, students are expected to perform or interpret identification and isolation of genes from
the genome; hybridization of nucleic acids, genome fragmentation, electrophoresis of DNA fragments, DNA library,
transfer DNA fragments (Southern blot), gene identification and in situ hybridization.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
141.Molecular basis of inheritance (4 classes). Molecular basis of hereditary features transfer. Evidence that DNA is a hereditary
molecule. Importance of the Watson - Crick Model three dimensional structure of DNA for understanding molecular mechanisms
of hereditary features transfer. Effects of new knowledge in molecular genetics on the development of biomedical sciences.
and
regulation
of
purine
nucleotide
synthesis.
142.Nucleotide biosynthesis
(4classes).Synthesis
Deoxyribonucleotide synthesis.
143.Nucleic acids decomposition (5 classes).General schematic presentation of nucleic acids decomposition. Purine
nucleotide decomposition. Nucleotide metabolism disorders - gout, Lesch-Nyhan syndrome.Orothic acidemia.
144.DNA synthesis replication (5 classes). DNA synthesis (replication). Structural characteristics of DNA important for
the replication mechanism. DNA polymerase - enzyme which performs synthesis,checks and repairs errors in
synthesis of DNA. The beginning and course of synthesis. DNA damage leads to mutagenesis and carcinogenesis.
145.RNA synthesis or transcription
(5 classes). Structural characteristics of RNA. RNA polymerase, structure
and functions. Initiation of transcription (promoter). Elongation and termination. RNA polymerase and
characteristics of eukaryotic transcription. Synthesis of mRNA and appearance of exons and introns. Maturation of
mRNA molecule (posttranscription modification).
146.Protein synthesis translation (5 classes). Genetic code, codon. Activation of aminoacids and their binding for a
specific transfer RNA, tRNA synthetase. Structure and function of tRNA. Anticodon and recognition of codon on
mRNA. Ribosome structure. Protein synthesis course: initiation, elongation and termination of proten synthesus.
147.Protein synthesis, processing (1 class) Protein and eukaryote synthesis. Protein synthesis in eukaryotes. Protein
posttranslation modification. Protein synthesis inhibitors.
148.Regulation of protein synthesis (1 class) Regulation of gene expression. Six regulation levels of gene eukaryotic
expression.
149.Recombination of genetic material (2 classes) Gene recombination mechanisms. General recombination. Transition
of large segments of double DNA helix from one chromosome to the other ("cross-over"). Interaction of bases
between complementary chains of two homologous molecules of DNA. Mechanisms of hybridization and changes in
the DNA chains. Entry and removal of specific sequences into the genome.
150.Restriction endonucleases and recombinant DNA (3 classes) Restriction endonucleases and other enzyme which is
used in the recombinant DNA technology. Restriction enzymes, DNA ligase. Terminal transferase. Reverse
transcriptase. Polinucleotide kinase.
151.Vectors and Cloning (4 classes) Plasmids and viruses vectors in gene cloning. Mobile viruses. Genetic elements.
Virus DNA genome and RNA viruses. Retroviruses and malignant cell transformation. Plasmids. Transfer of DNA
fragments using viruses and plasmids is called transduction. Transposons. DNA cloning. Recombinant DNA
construction. Expression vectors.
152.Gene identification and isolation (5 classes) Identification and isolation of genes from genome. DNA probes. Nucleic
acids hybridization.Genome fragmentation, DNA fragments electrophoresis, DNA fragments transfer (Southern blot).
Gene identification.In situ hybridization
153.DNA library (4 classes) DNA libraries. Genomic DNA library. cDNA library isolation of mRNA.Complementary
DNA synthesis. Primers. Comparison between genomic and cDNA library. cDNA cloning.Clone identification.
154.Polymerase Chain Reaction PCR (5 classes) Polymerase Chain Reaction PCR. DNA fragments cloning without
using vectors or cells. DNA denaturation. PCR primers and their hybridization with DNA. Thermally stable DNA
polymerase and complementary chain synthesis. Application of PCR in pharmacy, medicine and biochemistry.
155.Oncogenes and carcinogenesis (3 classes). Oncogenes. Viral carcinogenesis and discovery of oncogenes.
Protooncogenes, Transformation of proto-oncogenes into oncogenes. Oncogenes and the mechanism of malignant
cell transformation. Products of tyrosine protein kinas, growth factors and their receptors. G-proteins and genregulatory nuclear proteins.Tumor suppressor genes.
76
156.Growth factors (2 classes). Thrombocyte growth factor and its receptor which has properties of tyrosine protein
kinaze. Epidermal growth factor and its receptor. Nervous growth factor. Hematopoietic cells growth factors erythropoietins, interleukins, factors promoting proliferation of granulocytes and macrophages. Connection between
oncogenes and growth factors.
157.Cell cycle (2 classes).Molecular changes occurring during the cell cycle. Restriction point.Genes regulating the cell
cycle.Cyclins and cyclin-dependent kinases. Programmed cell death.
Practical classes
Students are introduced with basic methods of molecular biology through workshops and seminars: isolation and determination of RNA
and DNA, Polymerase Chain Reaction PCR. They also work at the Institute of Lung Diseases and Tuberculosis in Sremska Kamenica,
Institute of Forensic Medicine and Institute of Blood Transfusion.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
19.Marinkov S, Borota J: Medicinska biohemija, Radniki univerzitet Radivoj irpanov,

Novi Sad, 2007.
20.Kovaevi Z: Biohemija i molekularna biologija, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2007.
21.Kovaevi Z: Maligne neoplazme genetski ili epigenetski fenomen, Srpska akademija
nauka i umetnosti Ogranak u N. Sadu, Novi Sad, 2006.
14. Borota J: Biohemija nukleinskih kiselina, Medicinski fakultet
Novi Sad, 1989.
15. Karlson P: Biokemija, kolska knjiga, Zagreb
16.
traus B: Medicinska biohemija, Medicinska knjiga, Zagreb,
1992.
Liberman M, Marks A. i Smit K: Osnove medicinske
17.
biohemije, Data Status, Beograd, 2008.
Lectures
Practice
25
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquia
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Lecturer
Ass.
0
5
0
1. Prof dr Jela Borota
2. Doc. dr Katica Bajin-Kati
3. Doc. dr Karmen Stankov
4. Doc. dr Ljiljana Andrijevi
5. As. dr Mirjana Miloevi-Toi
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientist
6. As. Jovica Oros

7. As. Jasmina Katani
8. As. Jelena Stojevi-Maleti
9. As. Tatjana ebovi
Head of Department
Prof. dr Jela Borota, s.r.
77
32. NEW CHAPTERS IN IMMUNOLOGY (FIII-IP)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE STATUS

NEW CHAPTERS IN IMMUNOLOGY
Elective
Condition: Human Genetics, Immunology with Virusology for Pharmaceuts (prerequsite)

Year of
study

Lecture
Lecture
Practice
Teaching methods
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
Tests, Practical Exam, Theoretical Exam
AIM
To achieve a broad understanding of new skills, knowledge and new approaches intherapy in the field of Immunology.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
Theoretical preparation for using new knowledge in practice

Preparation for practical work, chosing suitable methodology and their interpretation
SADRAJ PREDMETA
Theoretical classes
1. INT defense mechanisms, integrity of the organism (and atypical) possibility of scheduling
2. Infection (diagnostic and prognostic significance of determining the levels of certain cytokines)
3. Mechanisms of defense against bacteria, viruses, parasites, fungi. Special features of immunity in viral, bacterial, and parasitic
infections
4. Materials and functional organization of the immune system. Importance of stimulatory action (adhesive molecules and
cytokines in the immunological events). Regulation of immune responses
5. Antigens. Terms of immunity. Specificity in immunology. Recognition of foreign (and own). Immunological memory
6. Cellular basis of immune reactivity. Cooperation cells in immune response. Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
7. Antibodies. Biological properties of antibodies and their significance. Methods of proving their
8. Complement (the importance of in vivo and in vitro - in the diagnosis)
9. HLA complex man and the importance of
10. Immune-suppression. Immune tolerance, facilitation. Immunological Deficit (types and significance)
11. Immune-modulation treatment
12. Antibodies against antigens on red blood cells (their importance, incompatibility)
13. Active and passive immunity (natural and artificial). Vaccines, vaccination (problems)
14. Early-type hypersensitivity (mechanisms and manifestations)
15. Late-type hypersensitivity (mechanisms and manifestations)
16. Transplantation immunity in connection with transplantation of various organs and new possibilities in the prevention of
transplant rejection
17. Tumor immunity. The mechanism of immune surveillance in immunity treatment of malignant disease
18. Mechanisms - occurrence and types of autoimmune diseases
19. Application of antigen-antibody reactions for diagnostic purposes
20. Immunological tests and their interpretation.
Practical classes
1. Basic concepts of antigens, antibodies and the creation of complex antigen-antibody (in vitro)
2. Application of antigen-antibody reactions for diagnostic purposes (qualitative, semi-qualitative and quantitative reaction).
Methods for determining cell immune response and their significance. The interpretation of the results of immunological diagnostic
tests and serological reactions.
3. Agglutination (various techniques). Precipitation (various techniques in liquid medium in the gel). Immunoelectro-phoresis
(various techniques). Reactions dependent complement.
4. Fluorescent microscopy techniques. Elisa and immunoperoxidase - enzymatic techniques.
1.
5. Techniques of nucleic acid hybridization. Polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Proving IGM antibody class (in fast and early
diagnosis).
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
1.
Compulsory 2.
Optional
Imunologija, Vera Jerant-Pati, Budunost, Novi Sad 2002, 285 str

Medicinska virusologija, Vera Jerant-Pati, Budunost, Zavod za udbenike, Beograd 1995,
537 str
1. Medicinska mikrobiologija, Davec, Melnik, Adelberg, Savremena administracija, Beograd,
1995, 677 str

78
Lecture
Practice
20
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
100
60
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
2
Prof. dr Igor Miti
Assist.Prof. dr Tatjana Ili
6.
7.
8.
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
Ass. dr Gordana Boji - Milievi

Ass. dr Vera Gusman Pasterko
dr mr Deana Medi
Head of Department
Prof. dr Vera Jerant Pati
79
32. PHARMACY AND SOCIETY (FIII-IP)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
CODE
COURSE STATUS
PHARMACY AND SOCIETY
Conditio
n:
Year of
study
Elective
N/A
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
4
Lecture, interactive classes
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
AIM
The aim of this course is for the students to acquire basic knowledge about the origins and development of pharmacy, medicine and
the most important areas from the history of world and national pharmacy. Very important is the acquisition of knowledge about
the origins and development of pharmaceutical ethics and its application in contemporary practice.
In addition, the aim of the course is for the students to acquire the necessary knowledge of basic pharmaceutical deontology and
professional regulations in all areas of pharmaceutical practice. Finally, through this course, students should govern the basic
concepts and principles of social pharmacy and the ability to develop critical thinking, analysis and interpretation of certain
problems in this scientific discipline in the health sector.
S V R HA
It is expected that students be able used the acquired knowledge in all areas of contemporary pharmaceutical
practice, particularly in the performance of professional health services in those pharmaceutical organizations
Knowledge dealing with this activity independently and within other health organizations.
Skills
It is expected that the students acquire the necessary skills to work in public and hospital pharmacies,
laboratories, pharmaceutical industry, pharmaceutical institutes and other areas of their professional work.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Pharmacy and history of pharm acy as a science, the concept and importance of the study.
2. Sources and history of the area of pharmacy.
3. Scientific and connected disciplines, time periods of pharmacy.
4. Medicine and Pharmacy of old civilizations: China, India, Mesopotamia, Israel, Egypt. Medicines, pharmaceutical materials for making
drugs, saved docum ents, and written contributions to the development of scientific thought of later civilizations.
5. Ancient medicine and pharmacy. Rudiments resources and skills treatments and preparing medical forms.
6. Greek medicine and pharmacy.
7. The cult of the snakes, symbols and pharmacy. School of Medicine, Hippocratic works and Corpus Hippocraticus.
8. Science of diseases and drugs. Division of pharmacological groups.
9. Skill development of drugs, known medications. Origins, development and improvem ent of technology of drugs
10. Hippocratic oath, rudiments of health and ethics and deontology.
11. Polypharmacy and toxicology.
12. Roman medicine and pharmacy. Pharmaceutical dishes and utensils, forms of pharmacies.
13. Development of drugs, "Materia Medica". Galen founder of galenic pharmacy, drugs and galenic forms, Galenika.
14. Arab Pharmaceuticals, the first pharmacy, pharmacists. Avicenna, "Canon Medicines, training and development of existing drugs in new
forms.
15. Byzantine medicine and pharmacy. The influence on the development of the medieval Serbian medicine and pharmacologists.
16. The monastery medicine and pharmacy. Holy mage trained physician - pharmacist. Ethno-pharmacy.
17. Medical school education. Separation of pharmacy from medicine. Profiling pharmaceutical structures. Development of pharmacy in a
professional, ethical and deontic sense.
18. Medieval pharmacy. Alchemy.
19. Serbian medieval medicine and pharmacy, hospitals, pharmacies, pharmacists, medicines. Hodos medical anthology. Chilandar
medical code origination Serbian pharmacy - pharmacognosy, pharmaceutical technology, medical biochemistry and toxicology.
20. Pharmacy from the 16th to the 20th century. The influence of scientific discoveries on the development of pharmacy and the discovery
of new medications. Development of pharmaceutical industry.
21. Pharmacy in Serbia and the former Yugoslavia since inception until the end of XX century.
22. Ethics and professional ethics of health workers.
23. Pharmaceutical ethics. Creation and development of ethics in pharmacy.
24. Ethics in professional relationships to health and pharmaceutical practice.
25. Principles of pharmaceutical ethics and their application in decision-making and ethical analysis.
26. Ethics and contemporary practice of pharmacy. Ethical standards in Serbia.
27. Pharmaceutical deontology, the creation and development.
28. Deontic norms in the field of medicine, pharmaceutical, health care institutions and the entire pharmaceutical business. Regulation of
pharmaceutical, manufacturing, control and distribution of drugs.
29. Social pharm acy, the term, assignments. Communication in pharmacy and society. The drug, the patient and society.
30. Social relations - pharmacy, health and society. The ratio of pharmacists and doctors as the health professionals most responsible for
80
the protection of patients.

31. The social aspects of privacy and confidentiality of personal health information.
32. Key principles for standards of pharmaceutical practice. The principle of border security, and control of individual health data, the
principle of responsibility, public accountability and the principle of pharmacy practice.
Practical classes
Discussion on the topics covered in theoretical classes.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.Stupar: Farmacija i drutvo,( lekcije), Udbenik u pripremi za 2008.g.,Novi Sad

D.Stupar: Istorija farmacije s etikom, skripta, Beograd, Banja Luka, 1998
V.Marjanovi: Farmacija u Srbiji u XIX veku, Vetprom, Beograd 1970.
D.Stupar: Farmacija u Poarevcu 1857-1997, AU Poarevac , Poarevac 1997.
D.Paroji D: Razvoj etike u farmaciji od teorije do savremene prakse, Konstisi,
Beograd 2006.
1. J.Mari: Medicinska etika, XVI izdanje, Megraf, Beograd 2005.
2. R.Kati: Srpska srednjovekovna medicina, SANU, Beograd 1987.
3. D.Stupar: Farmakopeje na tlu Jugoslavije, u: Pharmacopoeia Jugoslavica V,
Vol. 1. Savremena administracija, Beograd, 2000, XXII - XXXII.
4. D.Stupar D, Kosanovi ., Farmaceutska industrija Lekovi i farmaceutske
sirovine, u: Hemija i hemijska industrija u Srbiji Istorijska graa, Srpsko hemijsko drutvo,
Beograd, 1997, 353-386.
5. G.Sonnedecker:Kremers and Urdang`s History of Pharmacy, 4th ed.
Philadelphia, Lippincott 1976.

Lecture
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
20
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
100
60
Teaching staff
Lecturer
/
4
1. Prof. dr Vera Gruji, full professor
2. Prof. dr Mirjana Martinov-Cvejin, full professor
3. Prof. dr Erebet A-Nikoli, associate professor
4. Assist.Prof. dr Svetlana Kvrgi
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ass. dr Olja Niiforovi urkovi

Ass. dr Vesna Mijatovi-Jovanovi
Ass. dr Sneana Ukropina
Ass. dr Sonja unjevi
Head of Department
81
33. DRUG ANALYSIS (FIV-ANLE)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Pharmacy
COURSE TITLE / CODE
Drug analysis
Obligatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: -Instrumental pharmaceutical analysis, Pharmaceutical chemistry

Year of
study
IV
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Theoretical classes. Practical classes.
AIM
The main aims of subject Drug analysis are introduction with analysis and control procedure of drug substance and final drug
product, domestic and international regulatory rules and validation of analytical methods. Also, the aim is to gain knowledge about
applications of analytical methods in pharmaceutical analysis, methods of analysis of various pharmaceutical forms and
relationship between purpose of analysis and choosing certain analytical technique. Analysis of major active component(s),
secondary components and impurities. It is necessary that student manages skills for practical laboratory work. In laboratory,
analyses of certain pharmaceutical forms are performed using pharmacopoeia procedures or adapted specifications and practical
knowledge and skills are gained. Development of critical way of thinking and ability for scientific and research work.
Skills
Practical application of learned skills. Ability for choosing appropriate analytical method. Searching, interpretation
and handling informations necessary for regular analysis of samples and parameters. Preparation and defining
procedure considering the aim and the purpose of the analysis. Practical performance of sample analysis. Data
analysis, error evaluation and form of final results.
GOAL
Knowledge
It is necessary that student learns about application and choice analytical methods in analysis of actual samples.
Knowledge about methods and phases of creation of specification of certain drug. Pharmacopoeia, specifications, law
and regulatory rules. Approach to analysis as function of characteristics and quality of analyzed pharmaceutical
form/drug substance. Ways of evaluation of analytical error and statistical data analysis. Sample preparation and
analysis of actual pharmaceutical forms.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1.
Introduction in drug analysis. Law and regulatory rules. International Conference on Harmonization (ICH). Good laboratory
practice (GLP). ISO 17025 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories. Pharmacopoeiamonographs.
2. Physical and chemical properties of drug molecules, identification of drug substances, pH value, ionization of drug molecules
and pKa value. Partition coefficient. Drug stereochemistry, polarimetry, refractometry. Physical constants- specific optical
rotation, melting point, freezing point. Determination of melting point- eutecticum, Leflers block, method of modification.
Physical and chemical profile of certain drug molecules. Instrumental methods of analysis- spectroscopy and
chromatography.
3. Impurities in drug substances and products- Organic and non-organic impurities. Residual solvents. Enantiomer
impurities. Degradation products.
4. Application of titration techniques in pharmaceutical analysis. Titrations- direct acid/basic, indirect in aqueous phase, nonaqueous titrations, comlexometric, redox, iodometric, potrentiometric titrations. Carl-Fischer titrations, flow injection
analysis (FIA). Applications.
5. Application of instrumental methods in pharmaceutical analysis-ultraviolet and visible spectroscopy (UV/Vis)-differential
spectroscopy, multicomponent analysis. Interferention, correction techniques, derivative spectroscopy, determination of
pKa value and solubility, dissolution test. Infrared spectroscopy (IR).
6. Application of separation techniques in pharmaceutical analysis- review of separation methods. HPLC-special applications,
chromatography with anionic/cationic ionic coupling agent (analysis of adrenaline and ascorbic acid), exclusion
chromatography (analysis of hyalorunic acid), ion-exchanging chromatography (analysis of catecholamines),
derivatization, separation of enantiomers with GC- derivatization (analysis of pseudoephedrine in syrup), chiral selectivity,
analysis of atropine in eye drops, quantification of ethanol in formulation, manufacturing and degradation residues,
pivalic acid in dipivefrin eye drops, dimethylaniline in bupivacain injections. Determination of residual solventspharmacopoeia procedure, "head space" and "purge trap" analysis. Thin-layer chromatography-limit tests, determination
of impurities in pharmaceutical products. Known and unknown impurities, combined tests. Capillary electrophoresis.
Extraction methods. Solid phase extraction.
7. Drug analysis in pharmaceutical forms- sample preparation from different matrices. Characteristics of analysis of different
pharmaceutical forms-tablets, capsules, drops, injections, suppositories, syrups, solutions
8. Validation of analytical methods- Strategy for validation. Validation parameters- accuracy and precision, repeatability and
reproducibility, range, linearity, limit of detection and quantification, robustness. Validation process. Example.
9. Providing drug quality- Drug quality. Drug specification, definition. Specification in different phases of drug development.
Manufacturing and distribution of drugs.
10. Quality control of drug products- Activities of quality control. Procedure of quality control- laboratory analysis
(investigations). Releasing drug on market, drug embargo, reclamation and drug withdrawal. Drug registration.
82
11. Stability-Oxidation, hydrolysis, prevention of degradation of drug products. Protocols, documentation, stability reports.
Stability of drug substances and products-development and frequency of stability tests. Specification an testing methods.
Packing, conditions and storage period.
Practical classes
Laboratory practice involves quality control of solvents, active drug substances and different pharmaceutical forms and evaluation
of obtained results concerning suitable regulation.
Quality control of solvents- Characters, identification, physical and chemical properties (pH, relative density), microbiological
purity. Destilled water, 96% ethanol, European Pharmacopoeia regulation
2. Quality control of chemical substances, secondary/active -Characters, identification, physical and chemical properties,
impurities (organic, non-organic, residual solvents, enantiomer purity, polymorphism), assay, labelling. Sodium chloride, boric
acid, European Pharmacopeia regulation.
3. Quality control of liquid preparations for cutaneous application -Characters, identification, physical and chemical properties,
impurities (organic, non-organic, residual solvents), assay, microbiological purity. Iodi solutio aquosa, Iodi solutio aethanolica,
Acidi borici sol., European Pharmacopoeia regulation or manufacturer specification.
4. Quality control of parenteral preparation- Characters, identification, physical and chemical properties, purity, assay, content
uniformity, sterility, bacterial endotoxins. Nirypan injectiones, Glucose infusion, manufacturer specification.
5. Quality control of liquid preparations for oral use- Characters, identification, physical and chemical properties, purity, assay,
content uniformity, preserver content, microbiological purity. Cliacil syrup, manufacturer specification.
6. Quality control of tablets and capsules- Characters, identification, physical and chemical properties, purity, assay, content
uniformity, dissolution test, microbiological purity. Daonil tablets, Ampicilin capsules, manufacturer specification.
7. Quality control of rectal preparations- Characters, identification, impurities, assay, content uniformity, disintegration,
dissolution test, microbiological purity. Glycerol suppositories, paracetamol suppositories, manufacturer specification.
8. Quality control of eye preparations- Characters, identification, impurities, assay, sterility, particle size, microbiological purity.
Atropin sulphate eye drops, Oculentum simplex,, manufacturer specification.
9. Validation of analytical methods- Concept of validation, purpose of validation of analytical methods. Analytical procedures
which need validation. International regulations for validation of analytical methods, validation protocol. Validation of
methods for quality control of pharmaceutical forms (HPLC). Validation documentation.
10. Stability of pharmaceutical products. Specification. Methods for stability investigation. Evaluation of results. Determination of
storage period and conditions of storage.
11. Additional analysis methods, UV/Vis spectroscopy- content of ascorbic and acetylsalicylic acid in Midol C, multicomponent
analysis. Menthol content in preparations buccales, derivatization.
12. Drug registration. Requirements, procedure and conditions for releasing drug on market, required documentation.
1.
Compulsory
Recommended
Literature
Optional
22. Script of theoretical classes

23. Script of practical classes
18. Pharmaceutical analysis A textbook for Pharmacy students and pharmaceutical chemists David
G. Watson
19. Handbook of modern pharmaceutical analysis edited by Satinder Ahuja and Stephen Scypinski
21. Practical HPLC Method development, Lioyd R. snyder, Joseph J. Kirkland., Joseph L. Glajch

Lectures
Practices
10
15
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
15
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
100
60
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching Ass.
Lecturer
2
45. Suzana Jolevska-Trajkovi, guest professor
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
1
Head of Department
Prof. dr Jovan Popovi. s.r.
83
34. MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY (FIV-MEBI)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT

Department for biochemistry
COURSE TITLE / CODE
MEDICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
Compulsory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: -Completed exams from the previous year

Year of
study
IV
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
2
0
0
2
6
Oral presentations for small group of students using multimedial didactic tools. Control of knowledge
by the use of tests with multiple choice questions. Practical work in independent execution of
biochemical tests and interpretation of the obtained results
AIM
The aim of this course is to fit the studetns with biochemical knowledge necessary for better understanding of pathologic processes
and the action of drugs in the body. Also, to offer to the students an overview of basic biochemical tests used in clinical chemistry
as diagnostic tools and for the estimation of unwanted effects of drugs.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
The goal of the course is to offer the following knowledges: Knowledge about specific biochemical processes
occuring in several tissues and organs, and their importance for the function of the organism as a whole. Knowledge
about biochemical basis of functional exploration of several organs.
The goal of the course is to offer the following skills: Proper sampling of biologic material for biochemical tests.
The proper use of analytical methods and devices in biochemical laboratory, as so as their results in the diagnostic
algorythm. Measuring units, normal and reference ranges of the results. Functional examination of metabolisms of
several body components on the basis of their estimation in the biological samples.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
Medical biochemistry
25. Introduction to medical biochemistry
26. Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates. General metabolic pathways of carbohydrates. Role of liver and
muscles in the metabolism of carbohydrates.
27. Hormones in the metabolism of glicids, insulin, IGF1, IGF2. Glucagon, corticosteroids, somatostatin. Adrenalin,
T-3, T-4. Somatotropin (hGH).
28. Digestion and absorption of protids. General metabolic pathways of protids, nitrogen ballance, role of hormons in
the metabolism of protids.
29. Immunoglobulins, structure and disturbances.
30. Digestion and absorption of lipids, fatty acids, transportation, breakdown and ketogenesis. Metabolism of
triacylglycerols and phospholipids. Metabolism of cholesterol.
31. Apolipoproteins, classification and structure of lipoproteins.
32. Role of water in the human body, distribution and volumes in several body compartments, isovolemia, isotonia,
isoionia and isohydria. Metabolism and distribution of water, control of renal excretion of water, osmo and
volume receptors, ADH, renal response and aldosterone. Mechanism of action of ADH, aquaporines.
33. Sodium, ingestion and excretion, distribution of sodium in the body fluids. Regulation of sodium in the
extracellular fluid. Renal control of sodium excretion. System renin-angiotensin-aldosteron. Natriuretic
hormones. Disturbances of sodium metabolism. Sodium depletion in the body. Excess of sodium in the body with
and without edema and hypernatremia.
34. Potassium, ingestion and excretion, distribution of potassium in the body fluids. Renal and extrarenal control of
potassium excretion.
35. Chlorides, ingestion and excretion, regulation. Disturbaces of chloride metabolism hypochloremia and
hyperchloremia.
36. General characteristics of body fluids, electrolyte contents in the body fluids, buffer systems and their role in the
regulation of pH. Henderson-Hasselbalch equatation.
37. Role of calcium in the body. Intracellular and extracellular calcium. Ingestion and excretion of calcium.
Absorption of calcium in the intestines. Reabsorption and excretion of calcium in the kidneys. Role of bones in
the maintenance of calcium equilibrium. Regulation of calcium metabolism.
38. Parathyroid hormon, calcitonin and D hormon. Their roles in the regulation of the calcium concentration and
anorganic phosphate in the plasma. Hyper and hypocalcemia, causes and consequences, ionised calcium.
39. Physiologic role of iron. Ingestion and excretion of iron. Transportation and deposition of iron, feritin,
hemosiderin.
40. Structure of normal hemoglobine. Function of hemoglobine. Changes of hemoglobine structure at oxigenation and
desoxigenation. Structure of hemoglobine variants. Classification of the structural variants of hemoglobine.
41. Urea, uric acid and creatinine. Primary and secondary hyperuricemia. The principle of clearance and creatinine
84
clearance.
42. Exploration of urine (urinary syndrome). Physical examination of urine, chemical examination, microscopic
examination of urine.
Practical classes
Medical biochemistry
1. Introduction. Aim of the practical classes. Brief outline of the biochemical course. Checking of the reliability of
biochemical tests.
2. Photometry. Principals of the Lambert-Beer law. Extinction and the molar extinctinal coefficient. Blind probe,
standard and calibration curve. Colorimeter and spectrophotometer. Application of photometry. Checking of the
Lambert-Beer law and estimation of the concentration of bromthymol blue. Colorimetric estimation of the
concentration of inorganic phosphate.
3. Methods for estimation of total proteins. Methods for measurement of serum proteins by biuret reaction, isolation
of fibrinogene.
4. Methods for estimation of glucose. Estimation of blood glucose by orthotoluidin reacrion. Polarimetric estimation
of glucose in the urine.
5. Measurement of enzymatic activities of ALT, AST, LDH and CK.
6. Estimation of the metabolic products: urea, uric acid, creatinine and bile pigments in serum and urine. Estimation
of cholesterol.
7. Estimation of hemoglobine, iron, and capacity for iron binding in serum.
8. Estimation of mineral substances: chlorides, total and ionic calcium and magnesium in the serum.
9. Physico-chemical exploration of urine, exploration of urine sediment.
Recommended
Literature
Compulsory
Optional
24. Pamela C.Champe, Richard A.Harvey, Denise R.Ferrier: Lippincotts Illustrated Reviews:
Biochemistry, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Third edition Philadelphia 2005.
25. Prof.dr Jela Borota: Biochemistry outlines, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad 2005.
26. Kovaevi Zoran and Miloevi-Toi Mirjana: Practical Biochemistry and molecular biology
Principles and Methods, University of Novi Sad Medical faculty, Novi Sad 1999.
22.

Lectures
Practices
18
35
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
16
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
31
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching Ass.
Lecturer
5
48. Prof.dr Jela Borota
49. Doc.dr Karmen Stankov
50. Asist.dr Mirjana Miloevi-Toi
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
51. Asist.dr Jovica Oros

52. Asist.dr Jasmina Katani
Department chief: Prof.dr Jela Borota
85
35. SPECIAL PHARMACOLOGY I (FIV-SFAI)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE
COURSESTATUS
STATUS
Condition:
Uaslov

SPECIAL
PHARMACOLOGY
MEDICINSKA
STATISTIKA II INFORMATIKA
Mandatory
Mandatory
nema
Integrisane studije medicine
Pathophysiology
I, Pathophysiology II, General Pharmacology
Katedra za socijalnu medicinu i zdravstvenu statistiku i informatiku
DEPARTMENT
MEDICINSKA STATISTIKA I INFORMATIKA

Winter semester (hours/week) Summer semester (hours/week)
Year of
study STATUSLecture Mandatory
COURSE
Practice
Lecture
Practice
etvrta
1
Condition:
nema 6
COURSE TITLE / CODE
Teaching methods
Colloquia
2
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
8
Theoretical Classes and Practice
AIM
To give students basic knowledge about the drug as a substance, its movement through the body, the ways, mechanisms and site of
action, types of side effects, interactions and poisonings. In the second part of the course, the aim is to introduce students with all
drug groups, representatives, indications and contraindications.
At the end of the teaching process, students should know why, how and when to apply the drugs that act through the
vegetative and central nervous system, their characteristics, movement through the body, place and mechanism of
Knowledge
action and danger of its application.
GOAL
SAD RAJ PREDMETA
Student:

Must be able to read th recipe and explain it;
Skills

Must be able to use the registries of drugs;

Must be able to fill out the form for reportin the adverse effects of drugs.
Theoretical classes
1. Transmitters and receptors in the nervous system.
2. Vegetative nerve system. Drugs that act through receptors in the VNS.
3. Histamine and antihistamines.
4. Effects of drugs on the eye.
5. General and local anesthesia.
6. Strong analgesics.
7. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs.
8. Treatment of epilepsy.
9. Treatment of degenerative diseases of CNS (Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease).
10. Alcohol.
11. Barbiturates and hypnotics.
12. Anxiolites.
13. Neuroleptics.
14. Antidepressants.
15. Treatment of diabetes.
16. Drugs in the treatment of disorders and diseases of the endocrine system.
17. Treatment of osteoporosis.
Practical classes
1. Overview of registered drugs.
2. Filling out the application form for adverse effects of drugs.
3. Investigation of effects of drugs in experimental animals.
1.
Compulsor
y
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
Varagi V, Miloevi M. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Elit Medica, Beograd (2004., 2005., 2006.

ili 2007.)
2. akovi-vajcer K i sar. TEST-PITANjA IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE I TOKSIKOLOGIJE.
3. Popovi J, Sabo A, Mikov M. PRIRUNIK IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE, TOKSIKOLOGIJE I
KLINIKE FARMAKOLOGIJE-OPTI DEO. Nova prosveta, 1992.
4. Mikov M, Popovi J, Sabo A. PRIRUNIK IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE, TOKSIKOLOGIJE I
KLINIKE FARMAKOLOGIJE-SPECIJALNI DEO. Nova prosveta, 1992.
1. Rang HP, Dale MM, Ritter JM, Moore PK. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Data Status, Beograd,
2005.
2. Stanojevi Z, Bukumiri Z, Bulaji S. FARMAKOGRAFIJA ZA STUDENTE MEDICINE.
Alfagraf, Petrovaradin, 2007.
3. LEKOVI U PROMETU, OrtoMedics, Novi Sad, 2008

86
Lecture
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
2h25
30
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
3
Prof. dr Ana Sabo
Assist.Prof. dr Velibor Vasovi
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
1
4
7. Assist.Prof. dr Aleksandar Rakovi
8. Teaching Ass. mr Isidora Samojlik
9. Teaching Ass. mr Olga Horvat
10. Teaching Ass. mr Saa Vukmirovi
11. Techn.demonstrator, dr Boris Milijaevi
12. Saranik, dr Neboja Stelinovi
Scientific
Researcher
Head of Department
Prof. dr Ana Sabo, s.r.
87
36. PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY I (FIV-FTI)

STUDY PROGRAM Integrated studies of Pharmacy
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY I
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
Condition: Pharmaceutical Chemistry II
Winter semester
Summer semester
(hours/week)
(hours/week)
Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
IV
1
3
Teaching methods
Lecture. laboratory and workshop classes.
Year of
study
Colloquia
2
Seminars
seminara
ECTS
credits
4
AIM
The main objective of the course is to introduce students to prescription details, the pharmacy, pharmacopoeia.
Students will acquire knowledge of powders, pills, granules, capsules, tablets, materials from which they are
manufactured or produced in a pharmacy or pharmaceutical industry, formulation, preparation, procedures of their
development, testing the confirmation of their prescribed properties, ie. characteristics of products according to
regulations of pharmacology.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
Students will acquire knowledge of the substances, materials and pharmaceutical-technology steps
and procedures for making powders, pills, granules, capsules and tablets.
Formulation of products and recipes. Method development and production. Primary packaging,
signature and expeditions. The tests that are prescribed for these preparations in the pharmacopoeia.
In the course, students will gain the necessary Knowledge and Skills needed for independent
development and testing of powders, pills, granules, tablets, capsules
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Powders as pharmaceutical preparations

2. Types, production and testing of powders
3. Comminution and degree of comminution
4. Pills and granules
5. Tablets
6. Auxiliary substances for tableting
7. Direct compression
8. Dry and wet granulation
9. Compression of granules
10. Coated tablets film coated pills and tablets
11. Testing pills
12. Hard and soft gelatin capsules
13. Testing of capsules
14. Primary packaging of powders, pills, granules, capsules, tablets
Practical classes
1. Powders as well as pharmaceutical preparations. Division of powders by pH. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Principles and
practical development of powders (Conspergentia, Pulveres divisi, Pulveres non divisi, Triturationes); Packaging and
signiture. Examining powders by pH. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Degree of comminution and sieves according to pH. Jug. II.
and Ph Jug. IV. Discussion on prescriptions
2. Pills and granules according to pH. Jug. II. Principles of development. Packaging and signiture. Discussion on
prescriptions
3. Tablets. The division of tablets according to Ph. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Technical aids for making tablets.
Technological methods of making tablets. Devices for tableting. Practical production of tablets. Making tablets by direct
compression. Making granules through the processes of dry and wet granulation. Tableting granules. Testing tablets
according to Ph. Jug. IV.
88
1.
Senjakovi R.: Osnove oblikovanja lijekova, kolska knjiga, Zagreb,

2003.
Jelenjak I., Jelenjak V., Filipovi-Gri J.: Farmaceutika, kolska
knjiga, Zagreb, 1998.
Jovanovi M.: Praktikum iz farmaceutske tehnologije sa biofarmacijom
I deo, Udbenik za praktinu nastavu, Nijansa, Zemun, 2004.
Jovanovi M.: Tablete, Savez studenata Farmaceutskog fakulteta,
Beograd, 1990.
2.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
3.
4.
Sva ostala savremena literatura, nauni i struni radovi objavljeni u stranim i

domaim asopisima
Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Total
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
100
2h15
50
Optional
Lecture
10
Practice
10
Techn.de Teaching Lecturer

4
1.Prof dr Zoran Zekovi
2. Prof. dr Katerina Gorainova
3.Assist.Prof. dr Mirjana Bearevi
4.As. dipl. farm. Boana Nikoli
5.As. dipl. farm. Ana Pilipovi
6.As. dipl. farm. Mladena Lali
7.As. Veljko Krstonoi
Teaching staff
Ass.Prof.
1
Assoc.Prof.
1
Full Prof.
1
Scientific
Head of Department
89
37. ANALYSIS OF FOOD PRODUCTS (FIV-ISNMR)

STUDY PROGRAM
Pharmacy
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
ANALYSIS OF FOOD PRODUCTS
COURSE STATUS
Obligatory
Condition: Student must pass all exams from previous school years
Year of
study

Lecture
IV
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
AIM
Health promotion based on principles of optimal diet.

Introduction of methods of food analysis, quality assessment and food safety.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
Basic principles of optimal diet (dietary guidelines). Food composition and biochemistry. Food toxicology. Chemical
contaminants. Food additives. Food biotechnology. Preventive systems assuring food safety. Food safety legislation.
Applying up-to-date instrumental methods in food quality and food safety analysis.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Theoretical classes
Importance of food analysis in health promotion. Food safety legislation.

Energy requirements. Determining energy requirements of different population groups. Determining energy value
of food.
Proteins: biochemical properties, physiological functions, nutritional characteristics, requirements of different
population groups.
Proteins in food. Food allergies and intolerance.
Lipids: biochemical properties, physiological functions, requirements of different population groups
Lipids in food. Effects of thermal treatment of lipids. Rancidity. Fat replacers.
Carbohydrates: biochemical properties, physiological functions, requirements of different population groups,
dietary fibers. Glycemic index of food.
Hydrosoluble vitamins.
Liposoluble vitamins.
Macroelements, microelements.
Food contamination. Food contamination types. Food toxicology.
Risk analysis: risk assessment, risk management.
Food contaminants: natural contaminants.
Food contaminants: metals and metalloids, nitrates, nitrites and nitrosamines.
Food contaminants: pesticide residues. Residues of veterinary drugs, antibiotics and hormones.
Food contaminants: polychlorinated biphenyls and dioxins. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
Food additives: importance and roles. Colors. Emulsifiers.
Food additives: antioxidants. Preservatives.
Food additives: flavors. Sweeteners.
Dietetic products: importance and types. Formula milk.
Dietetic products. Dietetic products in sport nutrition.
Organic food. Functional food. Dietetic supplements.
Nutritional profiling of food. Nutritional and health claims. Biomarkers.
Food biotechnology: genetically modified organisms (GMO) in food production.
Drinking water: roles and importance. Drinking water safety.
Preventive systems assuring food safety: Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point system (HACCP).
Safety of common use items.
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Determination of total proteins: Kjeldahl method. Determination of total fat: Soxhlet method
Determination of hydroxyproline in meat and meat products.
Determination of saponification number. Determination of rancidity: peroxide number, Kreiss reaction.
Identification and determination of fatty acids using gas chromatography (GC).
Determination of saccharides using Luff-Schoorl method. Polarimetric determination of sucrose.
Pesticide residues solid phase extraction (SPE) sample preparation for GC analysis. Metals and metalloids sample
preparation for atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS) analysis.
90
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Organochlorine pesticide residues analysis using gas chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry (GC-MS).
Determination of metal and metalloid content using atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS).
Determination of artificial colors using paper chromatography / liquid chromatography (HPLC). Determination of
sodium-glutamate.
Preservatives: spectrophotometric determination of nitrate content in meat products. Determination of sorbic and
benzoic acid using thin layer chromatography (TLC) / high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
Sweeteners: TLC / HPLC determination. Flavors: HPLC determination.
Water: determination of pH value, chloride, alkalinity and hardness. Determination of nitrogen compounds
(ammonia, nitrates and nitrites) in water.
Determination of permanganate value. Determination of phenol in water.
Identification of genetically modified organisms (GMO) in food.
27.Food Chemistry, Hans-Dieter Belitz, Werner Grosch, Peter Schieberle, Translated by
M.M. Burghagen, Published by Springer, 2004
28. Smolin L., Grosvenor MA., Nutrition. Science & Application. Whiley & Sons, USA, 2007
29. PRAKTIKUM IZ BROMATOLOGIJE, 3rd Edition, authors Milan Miri and Darinka
Stanimirovi, Grafopan, Beograd, 2001
30. ZDRAVSTVENA BEZBEDNOST NAMIRNICA, authors Milan O. Miri and Slaana obaji,
Zavod za udbenike i nastavna sredstva, Beograd, 2002
31. HIGIJENA ISHRANE, authors Budimka Novakovi and Marija Mirosavljev, Edition
Udbenici Medicinskog fakulteta u Novom Sadu, 2005
23. http://www.efsa.europa.eu
24. http://www.codexalimentarius.net
25. http://ec.europa.eu/food
26. http://www.who.int
Compulsory
Recommended
Literature
Optional

Lectures
Practices
10
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
20
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
53. Teaching Ass. Jelena Jovii
Ass. Prof.
1.
2.
3.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
2
1
Full Prof. Budimka Novakovi
Ass. Prof. Ljiljana Trajkovi-Pavlovi
Ass. Prof. Ljilja Torovi
Signature
Full Prof. Budimka Novakovi
91
38. SPECIAL PHARMACOLOGY II (FIV-SFAII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE
COURSESTATUS
STATUS
Condition:
Uslov

SPECIAL
PHARMACOLOGY
MEDICINSKA
STATISTIKA IIIINFORMATIKA
Mandatory
Mandatory
nema
Integrisane
studije
medicine
Pathophysiology
II, General
Pharmacology,
Special Pharmac\vology I (for taking of exam)
Katedra za socijalnu medicinu i zdravstvenu statistiku i informatiku
Year of
Winter semester (hours/week) Summer semester (hours/week)

MEDICINSKA
Practice STATISTIKA
LectureI INFORMATIKA
Practice
COURSE
Mandatory 0
IV STATUS 0
5
1
COURSE
CODE
study TITLE /Lecture
Condition:
nema
Teaching
methods
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
Lectures and Laboratory work
AIM
GOAL
To give students basic knowledge about the drug as a substance, its movement through the body, the ways,
mechanisms and site of action, types of side effects, interactions and poisonings. In the second part of course the aim
is to introduce students to all drug groups, representatives, indications and contraindications.
At the end of the course, students should know why, how and when to apply antimicrobial, antiparasitic,
antiviral and antifungal drugs, drugs used in treatment of cardiovascular diseases, gastrointestinal and
Knowledge
respiratory systems, their characteristics, movement through the body, place and mechanism of action and
danger of their application.
Student:
must know how to properly read the prescription (magistral, official, ready-made drug) and to explain it;
Skills
must know how to use drug registers;
must know how to fill in the registration form about the adverse effects of the drug.
Theoretical classes
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1. Disinfection and antisepsis.

2. Antimicrobial agents-an introduction, division.
3. Resistance. Principles of dosage.
4. Beta lactam antibiotics. Beta lactamase inhibitors.
5. Polypeptides. Glycopeptides. Lipopeptides.
6. Macrolides. Ketolides. Pyranosides.
7. Aminoglycosides.
8. Tetracycline. Glycylcyclines.
9. Amphenicols. Spectrogramines. Oxazolidines.
10. Inhibitors of bacterial DNA. Hinolones. Sulfonamides and trimethoprims.
11. Anti-tuberculosis. Antibacterial azoles.
12. Antimycotics, Antivirals, Antiparasitic drugs. Antimalarial drugs.
13. Antitumor drugs. Immunomodulators.
14. Drugs in the treatment of disorders and diseases of the GIT.
15. Drugs in the treatment of disorders and diseases of the respiratory system.
16. Drugs in the treatment of disorders and diseases of CVS.
17. Thrombolytics, antiaggregative drugs drugs, anticoagulants.
18. Hypolipidemics.
19. Treatment of anemia.
Practical classes
1. Overview of registered drugs according to Pharmacotherapeutic groups discussed theoretical classes.

2. Filling in the application form for adverse effects of drugs.
3. Investigation of effects of drugs in experimental animals.
92
1.
2.
Compulsory
3.
4.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
5.
Optional
Varagi V, Miloevi M. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Elit Medica, Beograd (2004., 2005., 2006. ili
2007.)
Sabo A, Tomi Z, Stanulovi M. ANTIBAKTERIJSKI LEKOVI. A.D.. Kultura, Baki
Petrovac, 2001.
akovi-vajcer K i sar. TEST-PITANjA IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE I TOKSIKOLOGIJE.
Popovi J, Sabo A, Mikov M. PRIRUNIK IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE, TOKSIKOLOGIJE I
KLINIKE FARMAKOLOGIJE-OPTI DEO. Nova prosveta, 1992.
Mikov M, Popovi J, Sabo A. PRIRUNIK IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE, TOKSIKOLOGIJE I
KLINIKE FARMAKOLOGIJE-SPECIJALNI DEO. Nova prosveta, 1992.
1. Rang HP, Dale MM, Ritter JM, Moore PK. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Data Status, Beograd,
2005.
2. Stanojevi Z, Bukumiri Z, Bulaji S. FARMAKOGRAFIJA ZA STUDENTE
MEDICINE. Alfagraf, Petrovaradin, 2007.
3. LEKOVI U PROMETU, OrtoMedics, Novi Sad, 2008 (i starija izdanja)

Lecture
Practice
10
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
2h25
30
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
2
Prof. dr Ana Sabo
Prof. Dr Momir Mikov
Assist.Prof. dr Velibor Vasovi
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Scientific
Researcher
Assist.Prof. dr Aleksandar Rakovi

Teaching Ass. mr Olga Horvat
Teaching Ass. mr Saa Vukmirovi
Techn.demonstrator Boris Milijaevi, dr
Techn.demonstrator, Neboja Stelinovi
Head of Department
Prof. dr Ana Sabo, s.r.
93
39. PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY II (FIV-FTII)

DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY II
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
Condition: Pharmaceutical Technology I (exam condition)
Year of
study
Winter semester
(hours/week)
Lecture
Practice
IV
Teaching methods
Summer semester
(hours/week)
Lecture.
Practice
1
3
Lectures. Laboratory.
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS
credits
AIM
The main objective of the subject is to introduce students to theoretical and practical aspects of forming solutions and
extractive preparations. Students will acquire the Knowledge of the types of these preparations, materials they are
composed of or manufactured in the pharmacy / pharmaceutical industry, formulation, preparation, procedures of
their development, testing the confirmation of prescribed properties, ie. characteristics of products according to
prescribed requirements of pharmacopoeia.
Types of solutions and extractive products. Substances, materials and solvents for making these
Knowledge preparations. Formulation of products and prescriptions. Methods of development and production.
Primary packaging, signature and expedition. The tests that are prescribed by pharmacopoeia.
In the course, students will gain knowledge and skills necessary for independent production of
Skills
solutions and extractive preparations in pharmacy / galenic laboratory conditions.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
GOAL
1. Introduction to pharmaceutical technology of liquid preparations

2. Solutions as pharmaceutical preparations
3. Solvents in pharmaceutical technology. Getting the water of pharmaceutical quality. Other solvents
4. Water solutions
5. Puffer systems
6. Nonaqueous solutions
7. Liquid pharmaceutical preparations dosed in drops
8. Elixirs and collodions
9. Dissolving expedients. Solubilisation
10. Extraction
11. Methods of extraction
12. Modern methods of extraction
13. Macerations, infusions, decoctions
14. Dry and liquid extracts
15. Tinctures, teas and syrups
16. Adjustments of medicinal preparations
17. Primary packaging for liquid products
Practical classes
1. Solutions as pharmaceutical preparations. The division of the solution pH. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Principles and
practical development of solutions. Practical measures for the volume. Diluting solutions - the rule of the cross.
Solvents by pH. Jug. IV. Solubility level. Agents for dissolution (solubilizators, hydrotropic substances, auxilliary
solvents, intermediaries acting in chemical reactions). Packaging and signature. Discussion on prescriptions.
2. Extractive products. Methods of extraction by pH. Jug. IV unofficial extraction methods. Extractive products
according to PH. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Practical production of (Infusions, Decoctions, Macerations, Tinctures,
Species, syrups). General examination of extractive preparations according to pH. Jug. IV. Packaging and signature.
Discussion on prescriptions.
94
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
Optional
Lecture
10
Practice
10
Senjakovi R.: Osnove oblikovanja lijekova, kolska knjiga, Zagreb,

2003.
2. Jelenjak I., Jelenjak V., Filipovi-Gri J.: Farmaceutika, kolska
knjiga, Zagreb, 1998.
3. Jovanovi M.: Praktikum iz farmaceutske tehnologije sa biofarmacijom I
deo, Udbenik za praktinu nastavu, Nijansa, Zemun, 2004.
4. Vuleta G.: Farmaceutska tehnologija sa biofarmacijom, Prirunik za
praktinu nastavu, Emulzije, suspenzije, poluvrsti preparati za spoljanju
upotrebu, Nauka, Beograd, 2004.
Other texts and scientific papers have been published in national and foreign
scientific magazines.

Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
2h15
50
Techn.de Teaching Lecturer

3
1.Prof. dr Zoran Zekovi
2.Assist.Prof. dr Mirjana Bearevi
3..As. dipl. farm. Boana Nikoli
4.As. dipl. farm. Ana Pilipovi
5..As. dipl. farm. Mladena Lali
Teaching staff
Ass.Prof.
1
Assoc.Prof.
1
Full Prof.
Total
100
Scientific
Head of Department
95
40. BIOPHARMACY (FIV-BFAR)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
BIOPHARMACY
COURSE TITLE /
CODE
Mandatory
Condition: General Pharmacology
COURSE STATUS
Year of
study
Winter semester
(hours/week)
Lecture
Practice
IV
Teaching methods
Summer semester
(hours/week)
Lecture.
Practice
1
2
Lectures. Laboratory classes and workshops.
Colloquia
1
Seminars
ECTS
credits
3
AIM
The main goal of education in Biopharmacy is to introduce students to the relationships between physicalchemical properties of medicinal substances and pharmaceutical dosage forms on the one hand and the biological
availability of medicinal substances in the body on the other hand. Students learn about the factors that influence
the occurrence, intensity and duration of therapeutic effects and possible side effects of medicinal substances
prepared in the appropriate medicinal form. The program of lab classes includes the examination and
determination of the most important physical, chemical and pharmaceutical-technological factors that may affect
the kinetics of the process of releasing healing substances from medicinal form and its absorption in vivo, in the
body.
Svrha
Knowledge
Skills
Introducing students to the basic factors that influence the kinetics of the process of releasing
healing substances from medicinal forms. Overcoming the problem of making medical forms
that would provide the most adequate therapy. Application of knowledge in the field: testing
and determining the most important physical, chemical and pharmaceutical-technological
factors that may affect the kinetics of the process of releasing healing substances from
medicinal form and its absorption in vivo in the body.
Students master the skill of formulating and shaping drugs (production of medicinal forms)
that provide the most adequate therapy.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. General terms. Introduction and definitions.
Change of usage. Change of pharmaceutical forms. Change of the conditions and methods of making medical forms.
Measuring. Distribution. Metabolism and elimination. Calculation of biological half-time. Factors affecting the release
and absorption processes.
2. The influence of biological factors on the absorption of medicinal substances.
Cell membrane. Mechanism of transfer of medicinal substances. Method of application of medicinal preparations and
absorption. Interaction between medicinal substance and the ingredients of the gastrointestinal tract. Reabsorption
through the mucosa of the mouth and stomach. Peroral application. Parenteral way of application. Reabsorption
through the lungs. Application on the skin. Application on the mucosa.
3. Influence of physicochemical factors on the release and absorption of medicinal substances.
Ionization level and pH value. Coefficient of water-lipid distribution. Solubility. Dissolution rate. The size of the
particles. Polymorphism and pseudopolimorphism. Salt formation. Complexation and adsorption. Surface active
substances. Viscosity. The stability of medicinal substances in body fluids.
4. The influence of pharmaceutical-technological factors on the release and absorption of medicinal substances.
Factors of medicinal forms. Peroral medicinal forms. Rectal medicinal forms. Parenteral medicinal forms.
Dermofarmaceutical preparations.
5. Investigation of the kinetics of liberation of medicinal substances from medicinal forms in vitro.
Temperature. Solvent. pH value of solvent. Surface tension. The presence of enzymes. Starting of fluid. Application of
membranes. Methods for testing the speed of dissolving mineral substances in solid form of medicine. Method of a
container with mixers. Method with flow cell. Testing the speed of decomposition. Membrane models. Tests for
monitoring absorption.
Practical classes
96
Biological factors that affect the absorption of medicinal substance; physico-chemical factors that influence the
kinetics of the process of releasing active substances from medicinal form (degree of ionization, pH, partition
coefficient, solubility, dissolution rate, dissolution test, particle size); practical determination of partition coefficient,
solubility, dissolution rate, particle size.
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDE
D LITERATURE
Optional
Lecture
10
Practice
10
uri Z., Birmanevi M., Farmaceutska tehnologija sa biofarmacije, prvi

deo, Nauna knjiga, Beograd, 2004.
2. Paroji J., Ibri S., uri Z., Farmaceutska tehnologija sa biofarmacijom,
prirunik za praktinu nastavu, 2006.
3. Popovi J, Matematiki principi u farmakokinetici, kompartmanskoj analizi
i biofarmaciji, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 1999.
4. Popovi J, Matematiki principi u farmakokinetici, kompartmanskoj analizi
i biofarmaciji II deo, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 2004.
1. Remington, (The science and Practice of Pharmacy), Lippincott,
Williams&Wilkins, 20 th edition., 2000.
2. Jugoslovenska farmakopeja 2000., peto izdanje, Savremena administracija
Beograd, 2000.
3. Amerika farmakopeja (The United States Pharmacopeia), Savezni zavod
za zatitu i unapreenje zdravlja, 28th edition, 2005.

Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
30
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.de
Teaching
monstrato
Lecturer
Ass.
r
1
3
1. Prof. dr Jovan Popovi
2. Prof. dr Kornelija akovi-vajcer
3. Prof. dr Momir Mikov
4. Assist.Prof. dr Jelena Cveji
5. Assist.Prof. dr Mirjana Bearevi
6. As. dipl. farm. Boana Nikoli
7. As. Dipl farm. Ana Pilipovi
8. As. Dipl. farm. Mladena Lali
Ass.Prof.
2
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
9. Dr Bursa Mira, student na dokt. studijama
Head of Department
97
41. TOXICOLOGY WITH ANALYTICS (FIV-TOAN)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
TOXICOLOGY WITH ANALYTICS

Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Pharmaceutical chemistry II

Year of
study
Lecture
IV
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
/
2
4
0
0
5
Interactive classes using video presentations. Laboratory practice independently or in a group.
Consultations.
AIM
GOAL
The aims of this course are to provide an understanding of the basic principles of:
physical and chemical properties of toxicants, main entry routes of poisons into organism and their toxicokinetics and
toxicodinamics
clinical strategy for treatment of the poisoned patient
regulatory toxicology
analytic toxicology
ecotoxicology
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
interpret basic concepts of general and special toxicology
describe main entry routes of poison into organism and their impact on toxicity
define main phases of poisons interaction with organism including dose effect
Knowledge
relationships
know principles of first aid at intoxications by main types of chemicals
know basics of risk assessment and management
Skills
At the end of the course, students should be trained for sample collection, transport, storage, preparation and
analyses of toxicants from different matrices and interpretation of analytic results.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
Theoretical classes
A Brief History of Toxicology. Position of toxicology in the system of science. Poison (toxicant, toxic agent). Toxicity, types
and factors influencing toxicity. Route and site of exposure, duration and frequency of exposure.
Penetration, resorption, distribution, transport to target site, interaction with receptors, metabolism, elimination, excretion of
toxic agents
Types of poisoning, toxic and lethal doses, tolerance
Mechanisms of Toxicity
Preclinical trials and toxicity tests
Principles and possibilities of in vitro toxicology
Genotoxicity
Carcinogenesis
Signs and symptoms of poisoning, management of acute poisoning - Cardiopulmonary reanimation
Therapeutic measures for prevention of further toxin absorption
Therapeutic measures for Enhancement of toxin elimination. Administration of antidote. Supportive care and clinical followup.
Acute poisoning with Psychotropic drugs and neurotoxic agents
Acute poisoning with Cardiovascular drugs and cardiotoxic agents
Acute poisoning with Drugs used in therapy of respiratory, gastrointestinal and endocrine systems
Acute poisoning with drugs used in treatment of blood, metabolic and immunological disorders, anti-infective and antiparasitic
agents
Toxic effects of drugs and poisons on reproductive system and skin
Acute poisoning with opiates
Pesticides Definitions and Terms
Pesticides - the clinical and forensic toxicology of important pesticides
Organophosphates as nerve agents
Ethanol, methanol, trichloroethilen: trichloroethylene, benzene, chloroform, phenol, aniline, carbon disulphide, cyanide.
Good laboratory practice
Ecotoxicology
Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, chlor, hydrogen sulphide, nitrogen oxide, ozone. Acids and bases.
Arsenic, antimony, mercury, tin
98
26. Cooper, led, iron, gold, platinum, lithium, aluminium, bismuth

27. Cadmium, barium, thallium, chrome, manganese, selenium
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Introduction
Principles of cardio-pulmonary reanimation
Determination of ammonia in air
Determination of hydrogen sulphide in air
Determination of nitrogen oxide in air
Determination of carboxyhemoglobin in blood UV/VIS
Determination of carboxyhemoglobin using isosbestic point
Determination of methemoglobin in blood
Determination of atrazine in water - HPLC
Determination of PCBs in soil GC/ECD
Determination of PAHs in soil GC/DAD/FID
Determination of fluoride in urine electrochemical method
Determination of fluoride in mineral water electrochemical method
Determination of BTEX in air GC/FID
Determination of hippuric acid in urine UV/VIS
Determination of ethanol in blood by Widmark method
Determination of chrome in water UV/VIS
Determination of iron in water UV/VIS
Determination of led in urine UV/VIS
Determination of acetylcholinesterase in serum
Determination of butyrylcholinesterase in serum
Determination of delta-aminolevulinic acid in urine
Determination of arsenic in urine
Determination of protoporphyrin in erythrocytes
Determination of cyanide in water
Determination of cyanide in alcohol drinks
Identification of drugs in acute poisoning SPE/HPLC
28. Determination of natural and synthetic poisons TLC
Recommended
Literature
Compulsory
Optional
1. Casarett & Doull's Toxicology - The Basic Science of Poison 2001, e-book
Hodgson Ernest - A TEXTBOOK OF MODERN TOXICOLOGY 2004, e-book

Lectures
Pract.
15
45
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
100
40
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
Teaching Ass.
Lecturer
1
1
0
Full Prof Milan Simic, PhD
Ass. Prof. Vukosava Djordjevic Milic, PhD
Ass. Prof. Stojan Petkovic, PhD
Ass. Branislava Srdjenovic
Teaching demonstrator Maljen Maletin
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
Head of Department
99
42./43. CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY (FIV-IPI / FIV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Biochemistry
COURSE TITLE /
CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
Elective
COURSE STATUS
Condition: General Biochemistry, Medical Biochemistry, Pathological Physiology
Year of
study
IV

Lecture
Practice
0
0
Teaching methods

Lecture.
Practice
4
1
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
Lectures for small groups with the use of multimedia didactic materials. Practical work: work in
medical laboratories.
AIM
The goal of teaching in medical biochemistry is to provide an overview of specialized biochemical methods used in clinical
chemistry as a diagnostic means and thereby prepare them for prospective work in biochemical laboratories.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
Knowledge of biological phenomena at the molecular level and understanding the essence of many diseases.
Knowledge of specific biochemical processes of individual organs and tissues and their importance for the
functioning of the whole organism. Biochemical basis of functional testing of individual organs.
Proper sampling of biological material for biochemical analysis. Method of use of certain analytical procedures
and apparatuses in specialized biochemical laboratories. Using the results of biochemical analysis, normal and
reference values, measurement units. Investigation of the metabolism of the most important ingredients of the
body based on measurements of biological samples.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Introduction to Clinical Biochemistry.

2. Regulation of blood glucose levels. Diabetes mellitus, classification, non glucose metabolic consequences of the lack of effects of
insulin. Acute and chronic complications of diabetes mellitus
3. Total plasma proteins, hypo and hyperproteinemia. Individual plasma proteins. Proteinuria, proteinuria types. Primary disorders of
protein metabolism. Secondary disorders of protein metabolism.
4. Transport of lipids, exogenous and endogenous time. The role of the liver and fat tissue in lipid metabolism. Disorders of lipoprotein
metabolism.
5. Control of water intake disorders. Dehydration, the deficit of water and sodium and biochemical aspects of dehydration.
Hyperhydration, the excess water and sodium, and biochemical aspects of hiperhydration.
6. Disorders of potassium metabolism, disorders in excess potassium hyperkalemia, disorders in the absence of potassium hypokalemia.
7. Respiratory system and its role in the regulation of pH. Elimination of CO2 from the tissues and lungs. Isohydric and chloride shift.
Role of kidneys in the regulation of pH. Acid excretion, and change of H and Na ions. NH4+ excretion. Bicarbonate reabsorption,
disorders in acid-base balance. Metabolic acidosis - compensatory mechanisms. Metabolic alkalosis - compensatory mechanisms.
Respiratory acidosis and alkalosis and compensatory mechanisms. Acid-base prameters - definitions.
8. Factors affecting the change in enzyme levels in the plasma. Entering of enzymes in the blood, the release of enzymes from cells. The
change of enzyme level as a consequence of reduced synthesis. Choice of enzyme tests, enzyme profile in serum in various diseases.
Isoenzymes. Enzymopathies. Enzymes in serum in myocardial infarction and liver disease and other diseases (bone, pancreas, prostate,
muscles)
9. Inorganic phosphate. Hyper and hyphophosphatemia. Magnesium and regulation of magnesium metabolism, and
hyper/hypomagnesemia.
10. Iron in serum. Total and free iron bonding capacity. Disorders of iron metabolism, iron deficiency. Alpha and beta Thalassemia.
11. Investigation of liver function. Investigation of the excretory function - for endogenous products, for exogenously entered
compounds. Investigation of metabolic liver function. Investigation of metabolic functions of liver metabolism of proteins, lipids and
glycids. Testing RES function. Proving syndrome necrosis of hepatocytes. Biochemical aspects of liver disease. Jaundice and
biochemical aspects of alcoholism.
12. Examination of kidney function. Examining glomerular functions. Renal and extrarenal asothemia. Examining functions of tubules.
Tubular reabsorption. Tests for this examination.
Practical classes
1. Introduction. Statistical evaluation of the use value of the results of clinical biochemical analysis. Laboratory quality control. Clinical
quality control and clinical correlation of the results of biochemical analysis.
2. Specialist clinical biochemical analysis (glucose, total protein, cholesterol, triglycerides, urea etc.). Basic principles of operation and
use of biochemical auto analysers.
3. Specialist methods for determination of protein. Determination of the concentration of certain proteins in the serum electrophoresis
and turbidimetry.
4. Specialist Hematology-biochemical analysis. Evidence of pathological hemoglobin. Testing functions hemostatic mechanism.
5. Specialist methods of hormone determination. Biochemical methods. Immunometric methods.
100
6. Specialist methods of biochemical tests of kidney function. Determination of clearance and other methods of functional examination of
kidneys.
7. Urgent laboratory methods for testing emergency medical condition. Determination of electrolytes and acid-base state of the
organism.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Lecture
15
Compulsory
Optional
1. Joan.F.Zilva: Klinika kemija u dijagnostici i terapiji. kolska knjiga, Zagreb 1984

1. S. Marinkov, J. Borota: Medicinska biohemija, Radniki univerzitet Radivoj irpanov Novi
Sad, 2007.

Pre-exam activities
Practice
Colloquium
Essay
Other
40
-
Final exam
Written
Oral
15
30
Total
100
Teaching staff
Teaching
3
1. Prof dr Jela Borota
2. Doc dr Karmen Stankov
Techn.demonstrator
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
1
1
3. As. dr Mirjana Miloevi-Toi
4. As. dr Jasmina Katani
5. As. dr Jovica Oros
Scientific
Head of Department
Prof. dr Jela Borota s.r.
101
42./43. WATERS IN PHARMACY (FIV-IPI / FIV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
COURSE STATUS

WATERS IN PHARMACY
Elective
Condition: Microbiology, Food Testing

Lecture
Practice
Lecture
Practice
IV
0
0
4
1
Teaching methods
Lecture, Practice, seminars
Year of
study
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
AIM
Adoption of knowledge in the field of health safety of water for different purposes in pharmacy.
GOAL
Knowledge
Use of water in pharmacy. Risk management in the insurance of health safety of water for different use in pharmacy.
Skills
Risk Management and development of preventive system for insuring the safety of water for different use in
pharmacy.
Theoretical classes
SADRAJ PREDMETA
1. Water and pharmacy.

2. The safety of water in pharmacy.
3. -4.Health safety of drinking water.
5. Purified water in pharmacy. Chemical aspects.
6. Purified water in pharmacy. Biological aspects.
7.- 8.Quality of water for pharmaceutical purposes. Sterile pharmaceutical products.
9. 10. Quality of water for pharmaceutical purposes. Non-sterile pharmaceutical products.
11. The safety of water for dialysis.
12. 13. Quality of water for maintaining good hygienic practice, equipment and packaging in the pharmaceutical production ..
14. -15.International and national organizations relevant to water quality in the pharmaceutical use
Practical classes
1. 2.Conditions of the quality of water for pharmaceutical use.
3. 4.Purification of water for pharmaceutical use. Preparation for the Essay.
5. 6.Presentation of seminar paper on water purification for pharmaceutical use.
7. 8.Sampling of water for pharmaceutical use.
9. -10.Water analysis according to pharmacopoeia.
11. 12.Microbiological analysis of water for pharmaceutical use.
13. -14.Sanitary supervision of equipment, space and personnel in the handling of water in pharmacy.
15. -16.Sampling items of common use (packaging) of water in pharmacy.
17. 18.Analysis of water processing risk in pharmacy. Preparation for the Essay.
19. 20. Presentation of seminar paper on the analysis of water processing risk in pharmacy.
21. 22. Risk management in the insurance of health safety of water in pharmacy. Preparation for the Essay.
23. 24. Presentation of seminar paper on risk management in the insurance of health safety of water in pharmacy.
25. 26.Using Pharmacopoeia (EU, national).
27. 28.Making a plan for the processing water for pharmacy in accordance with the ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 17025th
Preparation for the Essay.
29. -30.Essay on the plan for water processing for pharmaceutical use
1. Jugoslovenska farmakopeja, peto izdanje Ph. Jug. V, Beograd, Savremena administracija 2001.
2. ILSI. North America. Hydration Fluids for Life, ILSI Monograph Serieis, ILSI. North America.,
Washington DC, 2005.
3. HIGIJENA I ZDRAVSTVENO VASPITANjE autora B. Novakovi, V. Gruji, Edicija
RECOMMENDED
Compulsory
LITERATURE
udbenici Medicinski fakultet u Novom Sadu, 2005. Navedeni udbenik se moe koristiti za
odreena Lecture, a ispitnim pitanjima predviena poglavlja.
4. WHO. GUIDELINES FOR DRINKING WATER QUALITY, World Health Organization,
3cd Edition, Geneva, 2006.
102
Optional
Lecture
20
Practice
20
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
http: / www.efsa.europa.eu
http: / www.codexalimentarius.net
http: / www.pharmaceuticalwater.com
http: / www.iso.org
http: / www.who.int

Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
30
30
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
1.
2.
Teaching
4
Lecturer
Prof. dr Budimka Novakovi

ASSIST.PROF. dr Ljiljana Trajkovi-Pavlovi
Ass.Prof.
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
Assoc.Prof.
1
Full Prof.
Scientific
Assist.Prof. dr Ljilja Torovi

Teaching Ass. mr sc. med. Dragana Bala
Teaching Ass. pripravnik mr sc. med. Sanja Bijelovi
Teaching Ass. pripravnik mr sc. med. Vera Gusman Pasterko
Head of Department
103
42./43. ANALYSIS OF NATURAL PRODUCTS (FIV-IPI / FIV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
Integrated Studies of Pharmacy
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
ANALYSIS OF NATURAL PRODUCTS
Facultative
COURSE STATUS
Condition: -Instrumental Pharmaceutical Analysis, Pharmacognosy

Year of
study

Lecture
IV
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Teaching methods
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Theoretical lecturers, Practical exercise
AIM
GOAL
Main goals of Natural Products Analysis course are acquisition to advances analytical techniques which can be used in analysis of
natural products. Learning about procedures of analysis and quality control of natural products, as well as regulatory rules in this
domain. Application of instrumental methods in natural products analysis and biologically active ingredients. Concerning the wide
range of natural products and the biologically active ingredients it is necessary to learn different approaches of analysis and to
understand the relation between the goal of the analysis and selection of analytical technique. Practical application of knowledge is
very important in this course. In laboratory, practical measurements are applied in order to analyze concrete samples using verified
or adapted specifications. Students also learn how to statistically analyze obtained data and make significant conclusions, which
leads to development of critical judgment and ability for work in science research studies.
It is necessary for sudents to learn about applications and selection of proper method in analysis of concrete samples.
Techiques and stages in analysis of natural product. Regulatory rules. Different approaches to the analysis concerning
Knowledge
different characteristics of products and their active ingredients. Estimation of faults and statistical analysis. Sample
preparation.
Application of knowledge into the practice. Selection of proper method of analysis. Searching, understanding and
usage of information necessary for proper analysis of samples. Preparation and defining of procedure concerning the
Skills
goal and purpose of analysis. Performing the analysis. Managing the data, fault estimation and extradition of results
in proper form.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
Introduction to natural products analysis. Application of instrumental methods in the natural products analysis. Application of separation
methods in the natural products analysis. Summary of separation methods. LC-MS, HPLC, GC. Solid phase extraction. Derivation
methods. Regulatory rules.
Practical classes
Qualitative and quantitative chromatography analysis of biologically active ingredients. Analysis of natural products and pharmaceutical
supplements. Separation, qualitative and quantitative analysis, optimization of method concerning the parameters of accuracy, precision
and selectivity. Selection of technique for sample preparation. Quantification of different ingredients in one sample and their correlation.
Quantification of active ingredients in commercial preparation based on natural products and dissolution testing. Statistical managing of
results and correlation of obtained values.
41. Analysis of isoflavones from the commercial preparation and soybean seeds.
42. Quantification of cis and trans resveratrol in pharmaceutical preparations and wines.
43. Analysis of pharmaceutical supplements
44. Analysis of marine natural products (coral, alga, sponge).
Compulsory
Recommended
Literature
Optional
32. Script for theoretical and practical classes

27. Natural Product Analysis, P Schreier, M Herderich, H-U Humpf, W Schwab
28. Practical guide to instrumental analysis Erno Pungor
29. Chromatographic methods 5th ed. A Braitwaite, F J Smith
30. LC/MS 3rd ed. 2006, W M A Niessen
31. Practical problem solving in HPLC, S Kromidas

Lectures
Practices
10
20
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching Ass.
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
30
/
Teaching staff
Lecturer
2
Ass. Prof.
40
Assoc. Prof.
1
Full Prof.
Total
100
Head of Department
104
105
42./43. QUALITY SYSTEMS IN FOOD SAFETY AND DIETETIC

PRODUCTS MANAGEMENT(FIV-IPI / FIV-IPII)
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
COURSE STATUS

QUALITY SYSTEMS IN FOOD SAFETY AND DIETETIC PRODUCTS MANAGEMENT
Elective
Condition: Microbiology and Food Testing

Lecture
Practice
Lecture
Practice
IV
0
0
4
1
Teaching methods
Lecture, Practice, seminars
Year of
study
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
AIM
Advancement of knowledge of preventive health systems in the field of food safety.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
Risk management in health food safety.

Development of preventive programs in the health insurance of food safety.
SADRAJ PREDMETA
Theoretical classes
1. Food and health.
2. Epidemiology of food transmissible diseases.
3. International and national organizations relevant to the safety of food.
4. 5.Microbiological contamination of food.
6. 7.Physical-chemical contamination of food.
8. Health safety of food produced by using genetically modified organisms.
9. -10.The importance of declaration and marketing for health safety of food.
11. 12.Risk analysis, identification, description and size.
13. Risk analysis: assessment of input
14. Risk assessment
15. To meet the international legal basis in the field of health food safety.
16. -17.Becoming familiar with national legal basis in the field of health food safety.
18. The strategy of preventive insurance of legal food safety.
19. Principles of good agricultural practice (GAP).
20. Principles of good hygienic practice (GHP).
21. -22.Preventive health insurance systems of food safety: NASSR
23. -24.Preventive health insurance systems of food safety: ISO 22000th
25. Public health surveillance of health food safety.
26. 27.The role of consumers in health insurance of food safety. Consumers associations.
28. 29.Promotion of health-food safety. The role of the media.
30. The economic importance of preventive health care insurance for food
Practical classes
1. -2.Knovledge and views on health safety of food by consumers.
3. Determination of microbial food safety.
4. Determination of physical-chemical food safety.
5. Rating of food declaration.
6. Risk analysis-tasks.
7. -8.Creating NASSR plan. Preparation for the Essay.
9. 10.Presentation of seminar paper on planning NASSR.
11. -12.Implementation of of ISO 22000th
13. Promotion of health food safety. Preparation for the Essay.
14. 15.Presentation of the seminar paper on the Promotion of Health Food Safety.
106
1.
2.
Compulsor
3.
y
4.
RECOMMENDE
D LITERATURE
1.
Optional
Lecture
Practice
25
20
2.
3.
4.
5.
WHO. The Food Borne Diseases: a Focus for Health Education, Geneva, World Health
Organisation, 2000.
ILSI. A Simple Guide to Understanding and Applying the Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point
Concept, ILSI Europe Concise Monograph Serieis, Third Edition, Brussels, 2004
ISO 22000 sistemi upravljanja bezbednou hrane zahtevi za svaku organizaciju u lancu
proizvodnje hrane (videti sajt www. iso.org)
FAO. WHO. Codex Alimentarius General Requirements (Food Hygiene), Volume 1B, Joint
FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme Codex Alimentarius Commission, second Edition, Rome,
1995.
FAO. FAO S Strategy for Food Chain Approach to Food Safety and Quality: A Framework
Document for the Development of Future Strategig Direction. http://www.
fao.org/docrep/meeting/006/y835oe.htm
http: / www.efsa.europa.eu
http: / www.codexalimentarius.net
http: / ec.europa.eu/food
http: / www.who.int

Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
20
35
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
1.
2.
Teaching
4
Lecturer
Prof. dr Budimka Novakovi

ASSIST.PROF. dr Ljiljana Trajkovi-Pavlovi
Ass.Prof.
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
Assoc.Prof.
1
Full Prof.
Scientific
Assist.Prof. dr Ljilja Torovi

Teaching Ass. mr sc. med. Dragana Bala
Teaching Ass. pripravnik mr sc. med. Sanja Bijelovi
Teaching Ass. pripravnik mr sc. med. Vera Gusman Pasterko
Head of Department
107
42./43. VALIDATION OF ANALYTICS METHODS (FIV-IPI / FIV-IPII)

Pharmacy
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
Validation of analytical methods
optionally
COURSE STATUS
Condition: -Instrumental pharmaceutical analysis

Year of
study

Lecture
IV
Lecture
Practice
Teaching methods
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Theoretical classes. Practical classes.
AIM
The main aims of the subject Validation of analytical methods is introducing student with basic procedures, regulatory rules and
protocols which are necessary for validation of one analytical method and pointing out the significance of validation in modern
pharmaceutical analysis.
Also student should acquire knowledge of development of analytical methods which is the first step in every validation procedure
and gain information about acceptance criteria for certain method. The final aim is obtaining theoretical fundaments which enable
student to investigate and evaluate validation parameters in laboratory.
GOAL
Knowledge
Gaining knowledge about basics of validation process and its significance for analytical methods. Regulatory
international guidelines for validation procedures. Content of validation protocol, validation documentation.
Evaluation of individual parameters.
Skills
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Theoretical classes
Concept of validation. Purpose of validation of analytical methods. Regulatory international guidelines for validation
procedures.
Development of analytical method. Acceptance criteria for pharmaceutical analysis.
Process of validation of analytical method. Validation parameters: specificity, selectivity, accuracy, precision, linearity, range,
limit of detection, limit of quantification, sensitivity, stability, robustness
Validation protocol, validation documentation.
Example of validation protocol of HPLC method for determination of drug substance in pharmaceutical products.
Practical classes
1. Experimental determination of validation parameters for specific analytical method. Statistical data analysis. Evaluation of results
of method validation.
Recommended
Literature
Compulsory
Optional
33. Script of theoretical and practical classes

34. Method validation in Pharmaceutical Analysis 2005 J. Ermer, J H Mc B Miller
32. Handbook of modern pharmaceutical analysis edited by Satinder Ahuja and Stephen Scypinski
33. Practical HPLC Method development, Lioyd R. snyder, Joseph J. Kirkland., Joseph L. Glajch

Lectures
Practices
10
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
30
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
40
100
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching Ass.
Lecturer
2
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
Full Prof.
1
Head of Department: Prof. dr Jovan Popovi
108
109
42./43. DRUG STABILITY (FIV-IPI / FIV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
Integrated Studies of Pharmacy
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
Drug Stability
Facultative
COURSE STATUS
Condition: -Instrumental Pharmaceutical Analysis, Pharmaceutical Chemistry

Year of
study

Lecture
IV
Lecture
Practice
Teaching methods
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
Theoretical lecturers, Practical exercise
AIM
Main goals of Drug Stability course are acquisition with procedures of drug stability investigation, referring to capacity of drug
substances and drug preparations for maintaining their identity, potency, quality and purity during whole period of lifetime,
according to specification, using retesting methods.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
Analyzing of drug substance and drug preparation stability which are obliged by regulatory agencies. Introduction to
the regulatory procedures of stability verification and its relevance, in order to learn how to design and implement
relevant drug stability program.
Appliance of knowledge into the practice- designing and implementing of stability protocol.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
158. Critical elements of stability program and stability testing

159. Guidelines WHO and ICH; Q1A, Q1C, Q1D, Q1E, Q1F, Q2A, Q2B, Q3A Q3B
160. Stability reports
161. Designing of stability protocol
162. Routine and developmental stability studies.
Practical classes
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
Sampling- extant and handling

Preservation of the sample
Stability testing and evaluation
Stability testing intervals- longterm and shorterm studies.
Implementing of stability protocol
Determination of expiration date.
Trends in stability testing.
Compulsory
Recommended
Literature
Optional
35. Script for theoretical and practical classes

34. Analytical Chemistry Skoog West Holler Crouch
36. Drug Stability: Principles and Practices (Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences)
37. Pharmaceutical Stress Testing: Predicting Drug Degradation (Drugs and the Pharmaceutical
Sciences)

Lectures
Practices
10
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
30
Final exam
Written
Oral
40
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.
demonstrator
Teaching Ass.
Lecturer
2
Ass. Prof.
Assoc. Prof.
2
Full Prof.
Head of Department:
110
111
42./43. MATHEMATICAL MODELS IN PHARMACY (FIV-IPI / FIV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
MATHEMATICAL MODELS IN PHARMACY

Elective
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Biophysics, Biomathematics

Year of
study
IV
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
0
4
1
6,0
Lectures, Interactive Lectures, usage the Internet, e-learning, practical classes, workshops, learning
based on computational problems, the analysis of cases from the practice, participation in research and
development projects
AIM
To understand and apply mathematical modeling in the design of new drugs and determining dosage regimen for the
implementation of rational pharmacotherapy.
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
After passing the exam students are expected to know the different approaches to mathematical modeling of data and
to present the factors that affect the variability of therapeutic response, as adequately as possible, by using parameters
of mathematical models
Upon completion of the course, the student is expected to be able to apply both in the pharmaceutical theory and
practice the appropriate mathematical model and calculate the unknown parameters of the model.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Modeling in pharmacy
2. Mathematical modeling methods in pharmacy
3. The method of least squares
4. System approach in pharmaceutical research and practice
5. Laplace and Fourier transformation
6. Complete Laplace transformation, the concept of subsystems and partial Laplace transform
7. Application of spline functions
8. Interpolation and approximation of functions
9. The principle of convolution
10.Heavisides development and general theorem on partial fractions in solving mathematical models via Laplace
transform
11. General compartment theory
12. The method of successive terminals
13. The method of frequency response of linear dynamic systems
14. The method based on the concept of artificial neural networks
15. Method based on the fuzzy logic of the theory of groups
16. The method based on the concept of fractal
17. Application of partial linear differential equations, their sum and integrals
Practical classes
1. Wagner-Nelson and Lu-Rigelmans methods

2. Theory of pharmacy
3. Identification System
4. Modeling the frequency response
5. Structural model
6. System with time delay and Santo
7. Places and patterns of application of theory in biology, medicine and pharmacy
8. Systemic setting of the biological usability, with examples
9. Systemic determining of the amount and rate of formation of drug metabolites
10. Systemic determining of drug dissolution in vivo
11. Systemic determination of absorption from protection coated granules
12. Systemic modeling and testing of similarity in dissolving of drug formulations in vitro
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
2.
1.
Optional
2.
Popovi J, Matematiki principi u farmakokinetici, kompartmanskoj analizi i

biofarmaciji, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad
biofarmaciji II deo, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad
Ritschel W. Kearns G, Handbook of Basic Pharmacokinetics, APhA Publications, 6th
edition, 2004.
Pokrajac M, Farmakokinetika, Grafolik, Beograd
112
Lecture
Practice
25
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
Teaching
Ass.
1
2
Prof. dr Stevan Popovi
As. dr Saa Vukmirovi
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
4.
5.
Scientific
Researcher
As. dr Mihalj Poa

dr Nataa Boikovi, Techn.demonstrator
Head of Department
113
42./43. INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL MEDICINE (FIV-IPI / FIV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
Integegrated studies of pharmacy
DEPARTMENT
Department of Internal Medicine

INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL MEDICINE
Elective
COURSE TITLE / CODE

COURSE STATUS
Condition:
Year of
study

Lecture
IV
Lecture
Practice
Metode izvoenja nastave
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
------
--------
6,0
Lecture i praktian rad
AIM
The main educational goal in internal pharmacotherapy in graduate academic studies of pharmacy is the adoption of current
theoretical and practical knowledge of Internal pharmacotherapy as well as the application of acquired knowledge in
professional work and scientific research. Development of critical thinking, independence, with the development of capacity for
teamwork.
Knowle
dge
GOAL
Skills
Students will acquire the necessary knowledge of internal pharmacotherapy, treatment of breathing disorders,
circulatory, cardiovascular diseases, hematological diseases, gastroeneterological, hormonal and renal diseases
Students are trained for individual and team work in the application of pharmacotherapy in cardiology,
pulmonology, nephrology, endocrinology, gastroenetrology, hematology and oncology
Theoretical classes
SADRA J PREDMETA
PULMONOLOGY Clinical symptoms of pulmonary disease, diagnostic methods in pulmonology, therapy of pulmonary
diseases. Gastroenterology. Functional and organic diseases of the gastrointestinal tract, symptoms, diagnosis and therapy.
Liver and gall bladder. Chronic hepatitis. Cirrhosis. CARDIOLOGY. Heart defect. Rheumatic fever. Endocarditis. Pulmonary
heart. Shock situation. Heart failure and its treatment. Clinical aspects and disorders of the immune function apparatus.
Transplantation and Clinical Immunology apsects. Diagnosis, therapy and prevention of disorders of fat metabolism.
Etiopathogenesis, developmental stage and the clinical picture of diabetes. Treatment of diabetes. Types of insulin and its
dosing. Chronic complications of diabetes. Nephrology. Clinical syndromes and classification glomerulopathies.
Pyelonephritis. Nephrotic syndrome. Renal failure, Nephrolithiasis. ENDOCRINOLOGY Endocrine diseases of hypothalamus,
pituitary gland, thyroid gland. Feocromocitom. Diseases of parathyroid glands, gonad hematology. Anemia. Myeloproliferative
syndrome, and agranulocytosis. Leukemia. Lymphomas. Hodgin I. Non-Hodgin lymphoma and multiple myeloma.
Hemorrhagic syndrome ..
Practical classes
General and special diagnostics and therapy in internal medicine
.
RECOMMENDED Compulsory 1. Interna medicina, I i II, urednik Pejin D, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2006
LITERATURE
Optional

Lecture
Practice
50
50
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
16
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
114
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Prof. Dr Stevan Popovi

Prof. Dr Duan Jovanovi
Prof. Dr Gordana Pani
Prof. Dr Tijana Momilov Popin
Prof. Dr Vesna Kuruc
Prof. Dr Milica Medi Stojanoska
Prof. Dr Edita Stoki
Prof. Dr Dragan Kovaevi
Assist.Prof. Dr Mirna uri
Assist.Prof. Dr Tatjana urevi Mirkovi
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Ass. Dr Igor Ivanov

Ass. Dr Radoslav Pejin
Ass. Dr Ivan Nikoli
Ass. Dr Tatiana Joci
Ass. Dr Vladimir Ivanovi
Ass. Dr Bojan Vujin
Ass. Dr Tihomir Orli
Ass. Dr Jelena Radin
Ass. Dr Dejan eli
Ass. Dr Zorana Budakov
Ass. Dr Biljana Mili
Ass- Dr Dalibor Somer
Ass. Dr Borivoj Sekuli
Ass. Dr Tijana Radovanov
Ass. Dr Daliborka Bursa
Ass. Dr Bogdan Bogdanovi
Head of Department
Prof. dr Tijana Momilov Popin, s.r.
115
44. PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY III (FV-FTIII)

DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE /
PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY III
COURSE STATUS
Mandatory
Condition: Pharmaceutical technology II, Biopharmacy
Winter semester
Summer semester
(hours/week)
(hours/week)
Colloquia
Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
V
1
3
0
0
2
Teaching methods
Lectures, practical work with laboratory workshops.
Year of
study
Seminars
seminara
ECTS
credits
3,0
AIM
The main objective of the subject is to introduce students to theoretical and practical aspects of making preparations
of emulsion type, suspensions, pastes, gels, ointments, creams, and all preparations intended for application in body
openings. Students will acquire the knowledge of the types of products, materials of which they are manufactured or
produced in the pharmacy / pharmaceutical industry, formulation, preparation, procedures of their development,
testing the confirmation of the prescribed properties, ie. characteristics of products according to the prescribed
requirements of Pharmacopoeia.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
Students will acquire the Knowledge of substances and materials necessary for production of these
products.
Formulation of products and prescriptions. Method development and production. Primary packaging,
signature and expeditions. The tests that are prescribed by pharmacopoeia. Preparations for external and
internal use of the type of solution, emulsion, suspension, gel, paste, ointment, cream, products intended
for application in body openings.
In the course, students will gain the knowledge and skills necessary for independent development of
products of the following types: solutions, emulsions, suspensions, gels, pastes, ointments, creams,
products intended for application in body openings.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Suppositories
2. Pessaries
3. Base for suppositories and pessaries
4. Factor of squeezing
5. Methods for preparation of suppositories, pessaries and medicinal sticks
6. Colloidal systems and surface active substances (PAM)
7. Emulsion
8. Suspension
9. Inhalation preparations, and aerosols
10. Medicinal ointments
11. Creams, gels and pastes
12. Testing of semi-solid preparations
13. Other preparations in liquid and semi-solid state
14. Primary packaging for liquid and semi-solid preparations
Practical classes
1. Suspensions and emulsions. Suspension by the PH. Jug. IV and pH. Jug.V. Ingredients of suspensions and
principles of preparation. Emulsions according to PH. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Ingredients of emulsion and principles
of preparation. Practical production of suspensions and emulsions. Investigation of suspensions and emulsions.
Discussion on prescriptions.
2. Semi-solid preparations for external use by pH. Jug.. IV and pH. Jug.V. Principles of development. Practical
production of ointments, creams, gels, pastes. Testing of semi-solid preparations for external use. Discussion on
prescription.
3. Pharmaceutical preparations intended for application in openings (rectal, vaginal and other applications),
pharmaceutical preparations for rectal application of the pH. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Methods and practical
116
production of suppositories. Testing suppositories according to pH. Jug. IV. Substrate for the production of
suppositories, pessaries and medicine sticks. Pharmaceutical preparations for vaginal application of the pH. Jug. IV
and pH. Jug. V. Methods and practical development of pessaries. Testing pessaries according to the pH. Jug. IV.
Healing sticks by pH. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Principles of making medicine sticks. Principles of development.
Packaging and dosage. Discussion on prescriptions.
1.
2.
RECOMMEND
ED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
Optional
Lecture
10
Practice
10
Senjakovi R.: Osnove oblikovanja lijekova, kolska knjiga, Zagreb, 2003.

Jelenjak I., Jelenjak V., Filipovi-Gri J.: Farmaceutika, kolska knjiga,
Zagreb, 1998.
3. Jovanovi M.: Praktikum iz farmaceutske tehnologije sa biofarmacijom I deo,
Udbenik za praktinu nastavu, Nijansa, Zemun, 2004.
4. Vuleta G.: Farmaceutska tehnologija sa biofarmacijom, Prirunik za praktinu
nastavu, Emulzije, suspenzije, poluvrsti preparati za spoljanju upotrebu, Nauka,
Beograd, 2004.
All other references are published in foreign and national magazines and journals

Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
2h15
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.de
Teaching
monstrat
Lecturer
Ass.
or
3
1. Prof. dr Zoran Zekovi
3. As. dipl. farm. Boana Nikoli
4. As. dipl. farm. Ana Pilipovi
5. As. dipl. farm. Mladena Lali
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
Head of Department
117
45. PHARMACOKINETICS (FV-FKIN)

STUDY PROGRAM
Integrated studies (medicine, dentistry, pharmacy), academic studies of nursing
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
PHARMACOKINETICS
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Special Pharmacology II, Biopharmacy

Year of
study
V

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
3
7,0
Lectures, practical work, workshops, learning based on the comutation of problems, analysis of cases
from practice, participation in research and development projects.
AIM
To understand kinetic processes, which affect the drug in the body, the kinetic analysis and mathematical modeling in the making
of new drugs and determining dosage regimen for the implementation of rational pharmacotherapy.
GOAL
After passing the examination the student is expected to know Pharmacokinetic processes and factors which have
influence on them, to have knowledge of different approaches to pharmacokinetic analysis of data and their
Knowledge mathematical modeling, knowledge of factors affecting the variability of therapeutic response, knowledge of the
ways of testing the biological availability and biological equivalence of medicinal preparations.
Skills
Upon completion of the course, the student is expected to be able to calculate Pharmacokinetic parameters of single
and multiple dosing, assess the need for therapeutic drug monitoring, interpret the measured concentrations of drugs,
apply the principles of clinical pharmacokinetics
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Introduction to pharmacokinetics 2. Elements of pharmacokinetics

3. Modeling the pharmacokinetics 4. Mathematical modeling methods in pharmacokinetics
5. Basics of system theory and the concept of "black box"
6. Elementary and complex systems
7. Examples of complex systems in the pharmacokinetics
8. The method of least squares
9. Single- compartment models
10. Singl-compartment model - pharmacokinetic parameters
11. Excretion from singel-compartment model
12. Intravenous infusion in single-compartment model
13. Pharmacokinetic parameters for infusion in single-compartment model
14. Multiple, intermittent, intravenous bolus dosing in single-compartment model
15. Multiple dosing and initial dose
16. The time it takes to get Cmax
17. Relationship of multiple intermittent dosing and continuous iv infusion
18. Two compartment open models
19. Bateman functions
20. Flip-flop rotation constants
21. Mathematical properties of Bateman functions
22. Pharmacokinetic properties of Bateman functions
23. Important Pharmacokinetic parametersof the simplest model with the absorption
24. Pharmacokinetics analysis by using data on excretion in urine, bile, stools for the simplest model with resorption
25. Two compartment model for drug metabolism
26. Multiple paravascular intermittent dosing for the simplest model with absorption
27. Two compartment model with intravascular injection drug into the first of two compartments
28. Two compartment model with intravascular aministering
29. Pharmacokinetic parameters of two compartment models with iv administration of drug
30. Analysis of the process of excretion for two compartment model with iv injection in the first compartment
31. Infusion in Two compartment model
32. Thre compartment models
33. etvorokompartmanski models
34. Application of pharmacokinetic parameters in the individual manner of dosing drugs
35. Effect of combined therapy on dosing
36. Influence of age on the dosage regimen
37. The dosage of drugs for children
38. Determination of the initial dose and new dose when the original has nott achieved the desired concentration
39. Dosing interval
40. Examples of drug pharmacokinetics and calculation of the basic parameters - single dose
41. Examplesof multiple administration of drugs with concentrations presented graphically
42. Influenceof pharmacokinetic parameters on the appearanceof pharmacokinetic curves in multiple drug administration
43. Influence of the initial dose onf the drug concentration in multiple drug administration. Distribution of medicines.
118
Practical classes
1. Preparation of samples for pharmacokinetic testing of drug from biological materials. Sampling and storage of biological
material for pharmacokinetic analysis. Handling samples. Methods of preparing samples for analysis: Liquid/liquid extraction,
supercritical extraction with CO2-SFE, the solid phase extraction - SPE, the hydromatrix extraction, extraction under pressure Accelerated Solvent Extraction. Selecting the optimal method of sample preparation for analysis.
2. HPLC in pharmacokinetics. Introduction - the application of HPLC analysis Pharmacokinetic investigations. Determination of
the concentration of drug X in plasma of experimental animals HPLC method. Construction diagrams of drug concentration X in
function of time. Comparing the results of several investigated series.
3. Absorption of drugs. Places of drug absorption (gastrointestinal tract, lungs, skin, mucosa, parentreral administration of
medications). Absorption from gastronitestinalnog tract (mouth cavity, stomach, small intestine, colon, rectum). Absorption
through the skin and mucous membranes. Parenteral drug administration (subcutaneous, intramuscular and intravenous
administration of medications). Biological availability of drugs
4. Distribution of medicines. The initial distribution of drugs. Redistribution of drugs. The passage of drugs through physiological
barriers (hematoencephalic barrier, placenta). Volume of distribution. Interactions of drugs at the level of distribution
5. Metabolism of drugs. Reactions in I and II phaseof drug biotransformations, with examples of the movement of drug in the body
(elimination of the drug without changes, subject only to drug reactions phase II of biotransformations, the drug is subject to phase
I biotransformations and transformed in the direction of inactive, active or toxic metabolites).
6. The influence of various factors on drug metabolism (genetic factors, gender, age, pathological conditions, environmental).
Clinical effects of changes in drug metabolism (induction, inhibition of enzymes which metabolized drugs)
7. The elimination of drugs. Excretion (secretion) and elimination of drugs. Excretion through the kidneys (glomerular filtration,
tubular secretion and tubular reabsorption of drugs). Excretion via the liver and bile. Other excretion routes. Drug clearance
(kidney, liver, total). Cycle of drugs in the body. Factors affecting the excretion of drugs.
8. Mathematical tasks. Single-compartment model presentation of pharmacokinetic data, calculating pharmacokinetic parameters
(elimination half-time, volume of distribution, clearance), interpretationof the obtained results
9.Ppredicting the concentration of the drug after a certain time interval, calculating the required dose.
10. Mathematical tasks. Ekstravaskularna application of the drug - Calculate the constant resorption and resorption half
constructed using graphics
11. Mathematical tasks. Monitoring of drugs and metabolites and determinationofpharmacokinetic parameters, Michaelis-Menten
kinetics, the determination of parameters of Michaelis-Menten kinetics of various graphical and mathematical procedures.
12. Mathematical tasks. Investigation of drug excretion in the determination of drug concentrations in the urine. Differential and
integral method.
13. Mathematical tasks. Studies of pharmacokinetic parameters from data on drug excretion in urine.
14. Mathematical tasks. Graphical presentation and calculationof pharmacokinetic, and interpretation of the results of continuous
intravenous infusion. The initial dose and initial infusion.
15. Mathematical tasks. Multiple dosing of medicines, and graphical presentation of a mathematical description, time to achieve a
stationary state. Relation of dosing interval and elimination half. The initial dose.
16. Mathematical tasks. Open Pharmacokinetic Model of two compartments - pharmacokinetic presentation of data, calculating
pharmacokinetic parameters (elimination half-time, volume of distribution, clearance), interpretation of results, predicting the
concentration of the drug after certain time interval, calculating the required dose.
17. Mathematical tasks. Practical examples of pharmacokinetic calculations in clinical practice.
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
2.
1.
Optional
2.

edition, 2004.
Lecture
Practice
25
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
Teaching
Ass.
Prof dr Jovan Popovi
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
2.
3.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
0
0
1
As. dr Mihalj Poa
As. dr Nataa Boikovi, Techn.demonstrator
Scientific
Researcher
Head of Department
119
46. CLINICAL PHARMACY (FV-KFAR)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
CLINICAL PHARMACY
Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Pharmacokinetics (exam taking)

Year of
study
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
1
4,0
Lecture, Lecture, interactive, Internet use, e-learning, practical classes, workshops, learning based on
computational problems, the analysis of cases from the practice, participation in research and
AIM
Adoption of the principles of rational pharmacotherapy and their application in contemporary medical and pharmaceutical
practice.
GOAL
After passing the exam students are expected to apply the concept of medicine / pharmacy based on evidence, critical
evaluation of sources of information about medicines, applying the principles of clinical pharmacokinetics in order to
implement rational pharmacotherapy, identify, evaluate and solve problems related to drug use, apply the individual
Knowledge
approach to the patient, communicate with health professionals and patients on rational pharmacotherapy and health
promotion.
Skills
Upon completion of the course, the student is expected to be able to implement, monitor, evaluate and, where
necessary, propose modification therapy in order to ensure rational pharmacotherapy
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. The aim and significance of clinical pharmacy

2. The interpretation of the results of laboratory analysis
3. Parenteral and enteral nutrition
4. Development of new drugs and clinical testing of drugs
5. Sources of information about medicines
6. Pharmacy-based evidence (EBP, EBM)
7. Clinical auditt
8. Therapeutic drug monitoring
9. Individualization of pharmacotherapy
10. Compliance (adherence)
11. Safety of medicines - pharmacovigilance.
12. Pharmacoeconomic aspects (Rational pharmacotherapy.
13. Rational pharmacotherapy (specifics according to drug groups)
14. Specific pharmacotherapy of specific age groups
15. Specific pharmacotherapy of specific physiological and pathophysiological conditions
Practical classes
1. Communication Skills
2. Rational pharmacotherapy (specific groups of drugs and pathophysiological states)
3. Specific pharmacotherapy in elderly patients, children, patients with renal and hepatic failure, pregnant women, breastfeeding women
4. Organization and implementation of clinical Audits
5. Identifying, measuring and comparing costs and benefits of therapeutic programs
6. Using independent information about medicines
7. Critical analysis of clinical studies, meta-analysis and systematic medical check-ups
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
Klinika farmacija i terapija, (prevod udbenika Clinical Pharmacy and

Therapeutics, 2nd edition), Urednici: R. Walker, C. Edwards, kolska knjiga,
Zagreb, 2004.
2. Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics, Edited by R. Walker and C. Edwards, 3rd
edition, Churchill Livingstone, 2004.
1. Popovi J, Matematiki principi u farmakokinetici, kompartmanskoj analizi i
2. Popovi J, Matematiki principi u farmakokinetici, kompartmanskoj analizi i
120
Lecture
Practice
25
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
3
0
Prof. dr Ana Sabo
Prof. emeritus dr Nevenka Ronevi
Prof. dr Kornelija akovi-vajcer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Scientific
Researcher

As. dr Isidora Samojlik
As. dr Olga Horvat
Techn.demonstrator,. dr Boris Milijaevi
Head of Department
121
47. BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL PHARMACY AND COSMETOLOGY (FVIFIK)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL PHARMACY AND COSMETOLOGY

Mandatory
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Passed exam in Pharmaceutic technology III

Year of
study
V

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
2
0
Lectures and practical work.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
2,0
AIM
GOAL
Introducing students to the basic properties and phenomena in dispersive micro and nano systems (liquid / liquid, gas
/ liquid, solid / gas and liquid / gas), pharmaceutical products and features and components of the product phase.
Introducing students to good manufacture practice, validation and legal regulations.
Acquisition of knowledge about the specific properties of pharmaceutical raw materials and products.
Acquiring Knowledge relevant to the application of technology operations, technology development,
stabilization and tracking of stability, operation and use of various pharmaceutical preparations and
Knowledge
products. Knowledge of plant and galenic laboratories. Sources of information on the development of
optimal formulations and technological procedures.
Skills
Application of theoretical saKnowledge in practice. Using different sources of information. Performing

work on the laboratory level. Making a model of systems and finished, simple products. Analysis of the
products.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Introduction to the basics of industrial pharmacy. Definition. Scientific areas which it is based on, and the study areas
of industrial pharmacy. Colloid basis: colloid systems and classifications. Formation of disperse systems. Micellar
systems and surface phenomena. Purification and separation of colloid. Macromolecules and their systems with
supramolecular structure. Rheology.
2. Emulsions, foams and aerosols. Microheterogenous dispersive systems, definition. Basic concepts and classification.
Two-phase and multiphase emulsion. Microemulsions and nano-emulsions. Solubilization. Liposoms. Micro and nanocapsules. Optical and electrical properties of emulsions. The size and distribution of frequency of droplet size and
emulsion stability. Viscosity and rheological behavior. Physical characteristics of foams and aerosols.
3. Pharmaceutical technological procedures in the pharmaceutical industry. Methods and procedures. Grinding, mixing,
granulating, drying (continuous and batchwise processes, spray drying), compression, filtering, dispersing, emulgating,
micro and nanocapsulation, transportation, thermal procedures.
4. Pharmaceutical preparations based on dispersive systems. Influence of solubility on the effect of active principles.
Pharmaceutical emulsions, suspensions, foams, solutions, gels and aerosols. Carriers of active substances. Depo and
preparations with prolonged-release action. Mikrocapsules - parenteral depot systems. Bioavailability of the drug.
Pharmaceutical aspects of lipozoma.
5. Pharmaceutical emulsions, foams and aerosols.
6. Parenteral emulsions. Lipid emulsions,carriers of active substances. Vaccines in the form of emulsions. highly nitrated
fat emulsions. Emulsions which are immune system stimulators.
7. Perfluoro emulsion oxygen carriers (blood substitute).
8. Oral emulsions. Emulsions for improved availability of pharmaceutical active substances.
9. Emulsions and colloid preparations for outer use. Dermatological preparations. The effect on the skin and penetration
through the skin. Lipid and colloidal carriers in ophthalmic preparations.
10. Pharmaceutical suspensions. Solid lipid micro-and nano-systems as carriers. Liposphere for controlled release of
active substances. The stability of preparations, importance electrokinetic potential.
11. Colloidal carriers. Nano gels. Polymer liquid crystals. Polyelectrolyte complexes. Stealth (adsorptive layers of
polymer) carriers.
12. Pharmaceutical products based on micro-and nano-emulsion. Preparations and effects based on multi-phase
emulsions.
13. Pharmaceutical aerosols. Characteristics, formation and pharmacotherapeutic characteristics. Preparations based on
foam. Aerosol foam.
14. Regulations. Good manufacturing practice and validation in the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industry. Legislation.
122
Practical classes
1. Pharmaceutical techonolical procedures. Practice work. Grinding, mixing, dispersing, formation of foam and aerosols,
determination of the types of dispersive systems.
2. Plant and galenic laboratories. Getting to know plants and organizations of work in factories and galenic laboratories.
Pilot plant.
3. Good manufacturing practice. Introducing principles of good manufacturing practices. Validation.
4. Sources of information. Development of the optimal formulations and technological processes. Solving certain
requirements to be met by formulation (specific example)
5. Development and testing of products. Emulsive dermatological preparations.
6. Characterization of dispersive properties.
Compulsor
y
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
M. Jovanovi: ''Farmaceutska tehnologija II sa kozmetologijom farmaceutske tehnoloke operacije''

Izdanje Praktikum, Beograd
P Doki: ''Emulzije, pene, aerosoli'' WUS-Austria, 2005
G. Vuleta: ''Farmaceutska tehnologija sa biofarmacijom'' , Prirunik za praktinu nastavu, Nauka,
Beograd, 2003
Lj akovi, P. Doki: ''Praktikum koloidne hemije'' Zavod za udbenike i nastavna sredstva
Beograd, Tehnoloki fakultet - Novi Sad, 2003

Lecture
Practice
15
15
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
100
50
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
Teaching
Ass.
1
Prof. dr Zoran Zekovi
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
1
2.
Scientific
Researcher
As. Dipl. ing. Veljko Krstonoi
Head of Department
123
48./49. PHARMACOECONOMICS (FV-IPI / FV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE STATUS

PHARMACOECONOMICS
Elective
Condition: none
Year of
study

Lecture
Teaching methods
Summer semester
(hours/week)
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
Theoretical, practical and essays
AIM
Introducing students to basic principles and significance of pharmacoeconomics.
GOAL
Knowledge
Students should learn the basic principles for the implementation of pharmacoepidemiological examination. They have
to be able to analyze the data obtained by pharmacoepidemiological tests.
Skills
Student needs to know how to perform pharmacoepidemiological analysis for a specific geographic area or
medical institution.
Theoretical classes
1. Pharmacoeconomic principles in creating the list of medicines.
2. Information systems for monitoring the use of drugs at the national level - importance and possibilities.
3. Principles of pharmoepidemiological monitoring of medications.
4. The importance and possibilities of the analysis of pharmacoepidemiological calculations with special emphasis on the
pharmacoeconomic evaluation
5. The concept of ATC / DDD classification and labeling of drugs
6. Definition of adverse drug effects.
7. Post marketing drug monitoring.
8. Impact of adverse effects on pharmacieconomic analysis.
9. The basic principles of pharmacoeconomics
10. Principles of pharmacoeconomic analysis calculation of treatment costs - the cost minimization analysis, the
relationship of costs and effectiveness, costs and benifits, costs and usability.
11. Influence pharmacological properties of drugs on treatment.
12. Effects of pharmaceutical formulation on the cost of treatment.
13. QUALY-importance, prinicples of calculation
Practical classes
1. Registration, licensing of drugs, procedures

2. Drug-based medicine (EVM). Principles of analysis of controlled clinical studies.
3. Principles of analysis of meta-analysis. Implementation of the results of clinical examinations and metaanalysis in pharmacotherapeutic / pharmacoeconomic recommendations.
4. International comparison of prices of medicines.
5. Specifics pharmacoepidemiology in hospital and nonhospital practice.
6. Specifics of pharmacoeconomic calculations of certain pharmaceutical forms - combinations, drops,
dermatological preparations, etc..
7. Calculation of the risk of adverse effects
8. Consequences of adverse effects.
9. Calculation of drug risks.
10. Calculation of the cost of treatment.
11. Application of cost minimization calculation.
12. Application of the relationship of costs and effectiveness calculation.
13. Application of of costs and benefits relationship calculations.
14. Application of the costs and usability relationship calculations
15. Application of the calculation of the impact of treatment on quality of life.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Registracija, licenciranje lekova, procedure

Medicina zasnovana na lekovima (EVM). Principi analize kontrolisanih klinikih studija.
Principi analize meta analiza. Implementacija rezultata klinikih ispitivanja i meta analiza u
farmakoterapijske / farmakoekonomske preporuke.
Meunarodno poreenje cena lekova.
Posebnosti farmakoepidemiologije u vanbolnikoj i u bolnikoj praksi.
124
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
1. Tanja Novakovi, Principi za farkaoekonomske evaluacije, 2006. Kotur i ostali o.d. Beorgad
1. F.R.Vogenberg,Introduction to Applied Pharmacoeconomics, 2001. Mc. Grow-Hill com. New
Yourk.
2. M.L.bergek; K. Bingerfors, E.C.Hedblow, C.L.Pashos, G.W.Torrence (eds.) Health Care Cost,
Quality and outcomes, 2003. ISPOR, USA

Lecture
Practice
15
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
2h15
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
30
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
Prof. dr Ana Sabo, kliniki farmakolog

Prof. dr Momir Mikov, kliniki farmakolog
Prof. dr Jovan Popovi, kliniki farmakolog
Prof. dr Zdenko Tomi, kliniki farmakolog
Prof. dr Kornelija akovi-vajcer, farmakolog
Assist.Prof. dr Aleksandar Rakovi, farmakolog
Head of Department
Prof. dr Ana Sabo s.r.
125
48./49. PHARMACODYNAMICS (FV-IPI / FV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
Integrated academic studies of pharmacy
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
PHARMACODYNAMICS
COURSE STATUS
Elective
Condition: passing the required exams

Year of
study
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
1
0
0
6,0
AIM
Make it possible for students to understand the basic principles of molecular pharmacology, bearing in mind the
development of world science, biotechnology and application of new techniques in molecular medicine and genetics.
Getting to know the mechanisms of action of drugs at the molecular level. Develop a rational approach to problems,
analysis, and understanding the response to signal transmission and interaction of molecules in the complex
biosystem in the human body.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
Introducing students to the basic principles of molecular pharmacology and drug action at the molecular
level, the place and role in modern molecular pharmacology and pharmacotherapy; introduction to basic
methods in the detection of molecules; learninge functions and disorders of membrane molecules for
signal transmission, the role of ion channels in the transmission of signals from the membrane; exploring
signaling molecules associated with the transfer of induction of differentiation of cells, molecules and
introducing mechanisms necessary for the induction of apoptosis; introduction of molecules necessary for
the transfer of hormones, vitamins, and minerals, introduction to the basic mechanisms of implementation
of blocking or stimulation molecule signal paths as a model for hormone molecular therapy, exploring,
with the application, of molecular pharmacotherapy in KVS and mechanisms of drug effects in the CNS,
the role of newly created biomolecules as potential toxic compounds.
Skills of recognizing techniques for isolation of proteins, membranes, molecules and their application in
work, skills of recognizing signal paths in a complex system of signal transmission; recognition skills of
understanding the possibility of signal path block as a new model of pharmacotherapy; skill to recognize
and understand of the possibilities of stimulation of certain molecules as a new model of
pharmacotherapy . Skills to select methods in research, analysis and critical attitude in the selection of
appropriate testing techniques; critical attitude when assessing the application of modern methods in the
analysis and diagnosis based on molecular techniques, the acceptance of new methods of treatment
based on the development of modern principles of biotechnology, molecular biology and pharmacology
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
Introduction to Molecular Pharmacology, cell materials, structure and function disorders, superfamily receptors; biology
and physiology of cell membranes, the molecular basis of transport through the membrane, the type of transport,
transporters, transport disorders, potassium and calcium channels, receptors linked to G proteins, receptors with
enzymatic activity, tyrosine kinase receptors, receptors that affect the transcription of genes, receptors for hormones,
receptors for the transcription of genes, receptors for the growth of cells, cytokine receptors and cytokines, the transfer of
iron, vitamin D, hemosiderosis, hyposiderosis; histamine receptors, antihistaminics, molecular mechanisms of drug action
for COPD; molecular mechanism of autoimmunity, opioid, nicotine, dopamine receptors, superfamily receptors for
neurotransmitter; types of inhibitors and second messengers; molecular mechanisms of cancerogenesis, leukemogenesis,
neovascularization; molecular mechanisms of haemostasis and blood coagulation, molecular mechanisms of enzyme
systems of liver and kidney in detoxification and elimination of drugs and poisons; molecular mechanisms of action of
drugs in the KVS, anti-arrhythmic drugs; molecular mechanism of action of catecholamines, sympathomimetics; molecular
mechanisms of of drug action in the CNS, psychopharmacs, neuropharmacs, desensitation drugs.
126
Practical classes
Assessment of proteins in serum and urine, paraproteinemia; determination of serum electrolytes, calcium blockade on
physiological processes, determining glucose in serum and urine, interpretation of the value of hormone disorders,
anemia preparations; Schultz-dale essay, allergic reactions in guinea pig; preparations of lupus cells, determination of
immunoglobulin serum RIA test, the effect of alcohol and toxins on the nervous viability, blocking nerve viability; tracers;
analysis of cell cycle using flow cytometry, Western Blot technique; Haemostasis tests for testing, assessment of blood
coagulation factors, bilirubin determination, urobilinogen; tracers of ECG disorders and examples of drug action;
disorders of impulse transmittion in the CNS.
1.
Compulsory
2.
3.
4.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
1.
2.
Optional
3.
4.
Rang. H.P, Dale M.M, Ritter J.M, Moore P.K. Farmakologija, V izdanje, I srpsko
izdanje, Data Status, Beograd, 2005.
Varagi V, Miloevi M. Farmakologija, Elit Medica, Beograd, 2007.
trukelj Borut, Od gena do uinkovine, Slovensko farmaceutsko drutvo, Ljubljana,
2007.
Sva aktuelna novija literatura, nauni i struni radovi objavljeni u stranim i domaim
asopisima iz oblasti farmacije.
edition, 2004.
Sva ostala savremena literatura, nauni i struni radovi objavljeni u stranim i domaim
asopisima i zbornicima radova iz oblasti farmacije.
Lecture
Practice
25
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Prof. dr Jovan Popovi, full professor

Prof. dr Ana Sabo, full professor
Prof. dr Momir Mikov, full professor
Prof. dr Darjana Jovanovi, full professor
Prof. dr Stevan Popovi, full professor
Prof. dr Duan Jovanovi, full professor
Prof. dr Andrija Golubovi, associate professor
Prof. dr Zdenko Tomi, associate professor
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
2
6
0
As. dr Olga Horvat
Dr Boris Milijaevi, Techn.demonstrator
As. dr Svetlana Popovi-Petrovi
As. dr Milica ivaljevi
As. dr Zoran Radovanovi
Dr Lazar Popovi, Techn.demonstrator
Dr Gorana Matovina, Techn.demonstrator
Head of Department
127
48./49. BIOEQUIVALENCE OF PREPARATIONS (FV-IPI / FV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
BIOEQUIVALENCE OF PREPARATIONS
Elective
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Passed exams from the previous year of study

Year of
study
V

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
1
0
0
6,0
AIM
GOAL
To understand the kinetic processes of absorption of drugs and methods for determining the biological usability of products and
biological relative usability, i.e.bioequivalence of formulations by comparing the speed of entry of the drug in the body and the
amount of the absorbed drug over the time for the implementation of the experiment in practice.
After passing the exam students are expected to have knowledge of pharmacokinetic absorption processes and ways
of testing the biological availability and biological equivalence of medicinal preparations for the planned statistical
Knowledge methods, determination of optimal seminars subjects for experiment, to be able to interpret the results and conclude
that there is a bioequivalent formulation.
Skills
Upon completion of the course, the student is expected to be able to calculate, in experimental conditions,
pharmacokinetic parameters for determining bioequivalence, statistically process the results of research and make
conclusions about the formulation bioequivalence
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Biological usability and elimination of the drug during the first pass through the liver
2. Definition of biological usability by the speed of absorption and amount of the absorbed drug circulation
3. Bioequivalence as comparing biological usability of different formulations of a drug
4. Default parameters for the determination of bioequivalence: area under the concentration curve in plasma, its 5th
maximum CPC concentration and time to achieve the maximum concentration
6. Determination of bioequivalence by comparing the rate of absorption of the formulations and amounts of the drug
absorbed, calculation of decompression method of least squares.
7. Investigation of drug absorption: model-dependent and model-independent methods
8. Abstract of model-independent way of determining the speed of entry (absorption, resorption) drug
9. Examples of application of model-independent way of determining the rate of absorption
10. Application of spline functionsin interpolation between the experimental points
11. Methods for solving large algebraic equations Seminars in spline,Lagranges polynomial and other interpolations:
Cramer formula, Gauss method of elimination, graphs
12. Interpolation, Lagrange and Hermi interpolation polynomial
13. Approximation of functions: linear and the general method of least squares (nein ebieva), mean square
approximation
14. At the same time giving bolus and absorption of the drug
15. Analysis of the simultaneous entry of the drug infusion and absorbance
16. Collective amount of absorbed drug in time
17. Simplest functions that can be used to determine speed and amount of absorption - entering drug
18. Determining the speed of absorption (entry) decompression when the absorption rate approximates a polynomial Taylor and Mac Laurin formulas and rows
19. Statistical methods for comparing the entry (speed, quantity) of specific decompression, the method of least squares,
with different formulations of a drug
20. Development of statistical methods for testing bioequivalence experiments
21. Statistical tests to determine normaliies of distribution (Shapiro-Olivera / Shapiro-Wilk /) and homogeneity of variance
(Bartletov / Bartlett / test)
22. General parametric statistical methods for testing bioequivalence (confidence intervals 95% and 90%, symmetrical
Vestlejkovi / Westlake / confidence intervals, the shortest Fillers / Filler / confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, t-test,
Anderson-Hawk / Hauck-Anderson / t-test obratnih hypothesis testing using the power / power / conducted t-test or
analysis of variance - Power 80/20 rule: 80% power for 20% of the differences in formulations, Schuirmann / two-sided ttest, analysis of variance, balanced incomplete blocks, Plan lots divided / split-plot /, two-phase plan for cross examination
with one observation per treatment and the possible effect reidual the Grizleu / Grizzle /, ANOVA using Bayes / Bayes /
likelihood for a 2x2 cross-examination of bioequivalence)
23.BasicOsnovne nonparametric statistical methods for testing bioequivalence (FDA 75/75 rule: with over 75% of
bioequivalence over 75%, 2-test, pseudo t-test, test of character, Wilcoxon / test ranked characters, Wilcoxon / sum of
ranks test, Kruskal-Wallis test, Friedmans test, Cochrans/ test, Spearmans test, correlation coefficient rank test,
Kolmogorov-Smirnov test)
24.Individualand population mean (average) bioequivalence
25. Statistical principles for population bioequivalence
128
Practical classes
1. Experiment of bioequivalence in healthy volunteers

2. Plan of balanced, crossed bioequivalence experiment in the form of the Latin square
3. Seminars formulation, period and sequence
4. The role of ethical committee in the approval of of experiment
5. The criteria for inclusion,noninclusion and exclusion from experiment study
6. Information for examinees and signing the consent paper
7. Randomized open and closed testing
8. Analysis of examinee responds
9. Methods of measuring drug concentrations and calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters that will be statistically
processed
10. Choice of appropriate parametric and nonparametric statistical methods for testing certain pharmacokinetic
parameters of the experiment
11. Applying statistical tests on examples of bioequivalence studies
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsor
y
2.
Optional
1.
2.

edition, 2004.
Lecture
Practice
25
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
5
0
1.Prof. dr Jovan Popovi
2.Prof. dr Ana Sabo
3.Prof. dr Momir Mikov
4.Prof. dr Kornelija akovi- vajcer
5.Prof. dr Zdenko Tomi
6. Assist.Prof. dr Aleksandar Rakovi
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
1
1
4
7.As. dr Saa Vukmirovi
8.As. dr Mihalj Poa
9. Dr Nataa Boikovi, Techn.demonstrator
10.As. dr Isidora Samojlik
11.As. dr Olga Horvat
12.As. dr Boris Milijaevi
Scientific
Researcher
Head of Department
129
48./49. PHARMACOTHERAPY IN INTERNAL MEDICINE (FV-IPI / FV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE STATUS
Graduate Academic Studies of Pharmacy

Department of Internal Medicine
PHARMACOTHERAPY IN INTERNAL MEDICINE
Elective
Condition:
Year of
study
Lecture
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
Teaching methods
AIM
The main educational goal in internal pharmacotherapy in graduate academic studies of pharmacy is the adoption of current
theoretical and practical knowledge of internal pharmacotherapy as well as the application of acquired knowledge in professional
work and scientific research. Development of critical thinking, independence, with the development of capacity for teamwork.
GOAL
SADRAJ PREDMETA
Students will acquire the necessary knowledge of internal pharmacotherapy, treatment of breathing disorders,
circulatory, cardiovascular diseases, hematological diseases, gastroeneterological, hormonal and renal diseases.
Students are trained for individual and team work in the application of pharmacotherapy in cardiology, pulmonology,
Skills
nephrology, endocrinology, gastroenetrology, hematology and oncology
Theoretical classes
CARDIOLOGY. Specific pharmacotherapy in cardiology departments. Prevention, diagnosis and treatment of coronary risk factors
Diagnostics and treatment of acute coronary syndrome of myocardial infarction, hypertension PULMONOLOGY. The most
common and the most important pulmonary diseases, their treatment.Specifics of pharmacotherapy in pulmonology wards. The
most common and most important internal oncological diseases. Specific applications of cytostatic and chemotherapy in patients.
Hematology. The most common and most important hematological diseases, their diagnosis, prevention and treatment. Specifics of
pharmacotherapy in hematological wards. Nursing care and pharmacotherapy in immunocompromised patients (sterile block).
Gastroenterology. The most common and most important gastrointestinal diseases, their diagnosis, prevention and treatment.
Most common and most important biliopancreatic diseases, their diagnosis, prevention and treatment. Most common and most
important liver diseases.Specifics of health care wards of Gastroenterology. ENDOCRINOLOGY
The most common and most important endocrinologic diseases, their diagnosis, prevention and treatment (thyroid disease,
osteoporosis, hyperprolactinemia). The most common and most important endocrinologic diseases, their diagnosis, prevention and
treatment and their pharmacotherapy (diabetes, hyperlipoproteinemia, obesity).
Specific pharmacotherapy at endocrinology wards. Regimen of insulin therapy. Pharmacotherapy in patients with diabetes mellitus
and complications. Nephrology. The most common and most important renal diseases, their diagnosis, prevention and treatment.
The most common and most significant immunological diseases, their diagnosis, prevention and treatment. Specifics of
pharmacotherapy at nephrology and immunology wards. Specific pharmacotherapy in the sections for dialysis and renal
insufficiency.
Knowledge
Practical classes
CARDIOLOGY. Specific pharmacotherapy at cardiology wards .. diagnosis and treatment of acute coronary infarction syndrome,
hypertension PULMONOLOGY. The most common and most important pulmonarye diseases, their therapy.Specifics of
pharmacotherapy at pulmonology wards. The most common and most important internal oncological diseases. Specific
applications of cytostatics and chemotherapy in internal patients. Hematology. The most common and most important
hematological diseases. Specific pharmacotherapy at hematology wards. Nursing care and pharmacotherapy in
immunocompromised patients (sterile block). Gastroenterology. The most common and most frequently gastrointestinal diseases
.. the most common and the most important biliopancreatic diseases, their diagnosis, prevention and therapy. The most common
and the most iportant liver diseases. Specifics of of gastroenterology health care wards. ENDOCRINOLOGY The most common
and the most important endocrinological diseases, their diagnosis and treatment (thyroid disease, osteoporosis,
hyperprolactinemia). The most common and most important endocrinologic diseases, their diagnosis, their treatment and
pharmacotherapy (diabetes, hyperlipoproteinemia, obesity). Specific pharmacotherapy at endocrinology wards. Regimen of insulin
therapy. Pharmacotherapy in patients with diabetes mellitus and complications. Nephrology. The most common and most
important renal diseases, their diagnosis and treatment. The most common and most significant immunological diseases, their
diagnosis and treatment. Specific pharmacotherapy at nephrology and immunology wards. Specific pharmacotherapy in the
sections for dialysis and renal insufficiency.
RECOMMENDED Compulsory 1. in preparation

LITERATURE
Optional

Lecture
Practice
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
Total
130
30
10
60
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Pro. struk. stud. prof.
17
Prof. Dr Stevan Popovi

Prof. Dr Gordana Pani
Prof. Dr Tijana Momilov Popin
Prof. Dr Vesna Kuruc
Prof. Dr Milica Medi Stojanoska
Prof. Dr Edita Stoki
Prof. Dr Dragan Kovaevi
Prof. Dr Slaveka Vodopivec
Assist.Prof. Dr Tatjana urevi Mirkovi
Assist.Prof. Dr Mirna uri
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Scientific
Researcher
Ass. Dr Anastazija Stoji Milosavljevi

Ass. Dr Jovanka Novakovi Paro
Ass. Dr Igor Ivanov
Ass. Dr Radoslav Pejin
Ass. Dr Ivan Nikoli
Ass. Dr eljka Savi
Ass. Dr Duanka Obradovi
Ass. Dr Milena Mitrovi
Ass. Dr Svetlana Kaikovi Lei
Ass Dr. Tatjana Pei
Ass. Dr Tatiana Joci
Ass. Dr Daliborka Bursa
Ass. Dr Vladimir Ivanovi
Ass. Dr Bojan Vujin
Ass. Dr Tihomir Orli
Ass. Dr Jelena Radin
Ass. Dr Dejan eli
Head of Department
Prof. dr .Tijana Momilov Popin
131
48./49. PHARMACOTHERAPY OF INFECTIVE DISEASES (FV-IPI / FV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Infective Diseases
COURSE TITLE / CODE
PHARMACOTHERAPY OF INFECTIVE DISEASES

Elective
COURSE STATUS
Condition:
Year of
study
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
1
Theory and practice
Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
AIM
Introducing pharmacy students to the basics of pharmacotherapy of infectious diseases
GOAL
Knowledge
Skills
Adoption of necessary knowledge of the clinical picture of the most common infectious diseases as well
as learning about adequate causal and symptomatic treatment of infectious diseases
Recognition of infectious diseases, side effects of treatment of certain diseases and drug interactions
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Interferons and viral infection

2. Therapeutic opportunities of hepatic encephalopathy
3. Immuno and vaccinal prophylaxis of viral hepatitis, cholesterosis
4. Probiotics and diarrheic syndrome
5. Antiviral therapy for transplant patients
6. Nucleoside analogues in the treatment of acute and chronic viral hepatitis
7. Therapeutic vaccination of chronic hepatitis B
8. Therapeutic approach to leptospirosis infection
9. The concept of reserve antibiotics
10. Severe bacterial infections - therapeutic approach
11. Treatment of infectious diseases in pregnancy and during lactation
12. Herpes viral Osipne fever - prevention and therapy
13. Atypical pneumonias - therapeutic algorithms (genetic and acquired resistance to antibiotics)
14. Therapy of varicella zoster virus (VZV) infection
15. Treatment of food poisoning and cholera treatment
16. Treatment of streptococcal infections
17. Toxoplasmosis, Rickettsioses
18. Therapy of salmonellosis of animal origin
19. Treatment of Lyme disease
20. Therapeutic approach to angina and diphtheria
21. Meningococcal disease
22. Therapy of acute infections of the central nervous system (CNS)
23. Application of antibiotics in the treatment spondylodiscitis
24. Therapeutic approach to patients with tetanus
25. Therapy in flu-like syndrome and SARS
26. Therapy of antropozoonoses (anthrax, brucellosis, tularemia, maleus, plague)
27. Therapy of hemorrhagic fever
28. Treatment of fungal infections in immunocompetent people
29. Treatment of HIV infection
30. Antiretroviral therapy
31. Therapy of EBV and CMV viral infection
32. Therapeutic approach to patients with encephalitis
33. Treatment of Poliomyelitis and Rabies
34. Treatment of botulism
35. Treatment and prevention of opportunistic infections in HIV infected persons
36. Antituberculosis drugs - their application and the problem of resistance
37. Parenteral nutrition in patients in the intensive care unit
38. Anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive effects of glucocorticoids in the treatment of bacterial meningitis
39. History of antimicrobial drug development
40. Resistance (bacteria) to antimicrobial drugs
41. Models of monitoring the development of antimicrobial resistance and consumption of antimicrobial drugs
132
42. Preventing and combating the spread of multiresistant strains in hospital environment
Practical classes
1. Treatment of infections caused by Clostridium difficile

2. Treatment of trichinellosis
3. Application of anti-viper serum
4. vaccinal prophylaxis of infectious diseases
5. Application of serum in the prevention and treatment of infectious diseases
6. Therapeutic approach to obscure febrile states
7. Models of antimicrobial therapy introduction
8. Antimicrobial agents in the eco-system
9. Treatment of sepsis and septic shockg
10. Treatment of Malaria
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
Optional
1. Dimi E, Jovanovi J. Akutne infektivne bolesti, Med. Fakultet, Novi Sad, 1995.
2. Infektivne bolesti, CIBID, Beograd, 2004
Recommended by lecturers during the course

Lecture
Practice
10
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
30
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
30
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Prof dr SneanaBrki,associate professor

Prof. Dr Jovana Jovanovi, full professor
Prof. Dr Milotka Fabri, full professor
Prof. Dr Grozdana anak. associate professor
Prof. Dr Jovan Vukadinov, vanredni profesor
Prof. dr Biljana Klanja,full professor
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Scientific
Researcher
Prof. Dr Dejan Cvjetkovi, associate professor

Assist.Prof. Dr Vesna Turkulov
Doc, dr Radoslava Doder
Assist.Prof. Dr Sandra Stefan-Miki
Assist.Prof. Dr Sinia Sevi
Head of Department
Prof. dr Sneana Brki s.r.
133
48./49. SPECIFICS OF PHARMACOTHERAPY IN SURGERY (FV-IPI / FV-IPII)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Surgery
COURSE TITLE / CODE
SPECIFICS OF PHARMACOTHERAPY IN SURGERY

Elective
COURSE STATUS
Condition:
Year of
study

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
1
0
0
Theory, Lectures and practice with students
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
AIM
Education of pharmacy students by direct clinicians in the application of drugs and other therapeutic aids in surgical practice.
GOA
L
Knowledge of pharmacotherapy in surgery

Keeping the hospital and ward pharmacy, using automatic system of drug requisition
Application of chemotherapy
Knowledge
Skills
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Specifics of pharmacotherapy in surgery
2. Antibiotic prophylaxis in surgery
3. Pharmacotherapy in endocrine surgery
4. Pharmacotherapy in liver transplantation
5. Specific pharmacotherapy in children's abdominal surgery
6. Specific pharmacotherapy in urology
7. Pharmacological characteristics of metabolism and the application of antibiotics in children's urology
8. Specific application of infusion solutions and parenteral nutrition in children
9. Medicines for local use
10. Multimodal treatment of cancer of the Bronchus
11. Preoperative preparation and postoperative hormonal therapy of patients with advanced chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
12. Pharmacotherapy in neurotrauma
13. Specific pharmacotherapy for spasticity in children age
14. Pharmacotherapy of brain tumor
15. Implants in orthopedic surgery
16. Gene therapy in orthopedic surgery
17. Hormonal therapy of spinal cord injury
18. Use of bioactive substances in bone defects
19. Application of cytostatics- advantages and disadvantages
20. Application of pharmacotherapy in kidney transplantation
21. Application of pharmacotherapy in gynecological surgery
22. Pharmacotherapy in Otolaryngology
23. Application of pharmacotherapy in ophthalmology
24. Medications in anesthesia and their application in periooperative period
Practical classes
1. Application of automatic drug requisition guidance system

2. Keeping the hospital and ward pharmacy
3. Application of chemotherapy
4. Application of funds for minimally invasive surgery
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory 2.
Optional
3.
1.
2.
Varagi VM, Miloevi MP. Farmakologija, Elit medica, Beograd 2008.

Schwartz et al.: Principles of surgery.
Paji i sar. Deja hirurgija
Transplantation of the Liver by Ronald W. Busutil and Goran B. Klintmalm
Transplantacija bubrega Jasenko Karamehi

Lecture
Practice
40
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
40
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
0
6
1. Prof. dr Radmila Kolak, full professor
2. Prof. dr Zoltan Horvat, associate professor
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
12
11
3
12. Prof. dr Svetozar Seen, associate professor
13. Prof. dr Petar Vulekovi, associate professor
Scientific
Researcher
134
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Prof. dr Vuk Sekuli, associate professor

Prof. dr Dragan Dankuc, associate professor
Prof. dr Sran urevi, associate professor
Prof. dr Pavle Jeremi, associate professor
Prof. dr Miroslav Ili, associate professor
Prof. dr Lazar Petkovi, associate professor
Prof. dr Duanka Dobanovaki, associate professor
Prof. dr Biljana Drakovi, associate professor
Prof. dr Rajko Jovi, full professor
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Prof. dr Katarina Miloevi, associate professor

Assist.Prof. dr Milana Obradovi-Tomaev
Assist.Prof. dr Tomislav Petrovi
Assist.Prof. dr eljko Kojadinovi
Assist.Prof. dr Jan Varga
Assist.Prof. dr Slobodan Grebeldinger
Assist.Prof. dr Milo Koledin
Assist.Prof. dr Biljana Danii
Assist.Prof. dr Stamenko uak
Assist.Prof. dr Dejan Ivanov
Doc dr Milan Stankovi
Assist.Prof. dr Miroslav Ili
Assist.Prof. dr Desanka Grkovi
As. Dr Aleksandar Gluhovi
As. Dr Mlaan Proti
As. dr Milanka Tati
As. dr Milorad Bijelovi
As. dr Vladan Popovi
As. dr Aleksandar Komarevi
Head of Department za farmaciju
135
48./49. PHARMACOTHERAPY IN NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY (FV-IPI

/ FV-IPII)
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE STATUS

Department of Neurology and Department of Psychiatry and Medical Psychology
PHARMACOTHERAPY IN NEUROLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY
Elective
Condition:
Year of
study
Lecture
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Teaching methods
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
6,0
Theoretical and practical; audiovisual methods, interactive teaching, workshops
AIM
Learning about psychopharmacotherapeutic ways of treating mental disorders.

Teaching students the correct attitude and how to apply drug treatment in different neurological diseases and conditions.
Skills
Students should acquire skills in clinical judgments about the choice of a specific psychopharmac for a mental disorder and for a
specific person.
Sudents:
You need to know which are the main aims of hormonal therapy in neurology and their relationship with the pathophysiology of
the disease.
You should know the mechanisms of drug action, which are their main indications and contraindications.
You must be aware of the pharmacokinetic characteristics, interactive potential and side effects of certain neurological drugs.
GOAL
Knowledge
Students acquire knowledge of the basic functions of neurotransmitter system and connect them with the mechanisms of action of
various groups of psychopharmacs, their pharmacokinetic characteristics, side effects, and principles of treatment of various mental
disorders.
At the end of the course, students gain knowledge about the pathophysiology of neurological diseases for which the drug is used, the
proper therapeutic approach and mechanism of drug action.
Theoretical classes
SADRAJ PREDMETA
1. Basics of functional brain neuroanatomy

2. Basic functions of neurotransmitters
3. Pharmacokinetic aspects of psychopharmacology
4. Clinical research and its importance in assessing the effectiveness and safety of psychotropic drugs
5. Molecular genetics, neuroimmunology and psychopharmacology
6. Psychotropic drugs that act on the serotonergic system
7. Psychopharmacotherapy of depression
8. Psychopharmacotherapy of mania
9. Anxiolytic drugs and treatment of anxiety disorders
10. Psychopharmacotherapy in insomnia
11. Psychopharmacotherapy in schizophrenia and other psychoses
12. Psychopharmacotherapyinof organic mental disorders
13. Psychopharmacology in psychoactive substance abuse
14. Psychopharmacology in children and adolescents
15. Psychopharmacology in geriatrics and patients with physical illnesses
16. Pharmacotherapy in epilepsy
17. Pharmacotherapy in stroke)
18. Pharmacotherapy of neuropathic pain
19. Pharmacotherapy of headache (migraine)
20. Pharmacotherapy in multiple sclerosis (MS) and pharmacotherapy of spasticity
21. Pharmacotherapy in parkinsonism
22. Pharmacotherapy in Myasthenia gravis (mg)
23. Pharmacotherapy in disorders of movement (dyskinesia)
24. Pharmacotherapy in dementia
25. Pharmacotherapy in polyneuropathy
26. Pharmacotherapy in disorders of the autonomous functions of the nervog system (ANS)
27. Pharmacotherapy of inflammatory diseases of the brain
28. Molecular genetics, neuroimmunology
29. Clinical research and its importance in assessing the efficacy and safety of medicines in neurology
30. Ethics in neuropharmacological therapy
Practical classes
1. Polypragmasia or monotherapy in the treatment of mental disorders
2. Pharmacotherapy of mental disorders and physical illness
3. Methods of assessment and treatment of side effects of psychopharmacs
4. Metabolic syndrome in the treatment of mental disorders
5. Indtruments and scasles for the evaluation of the effects of pharmacotherapy in neurology
6. Basic principles and evaluation of clinical effects of anti-epileptic therapy
7. Basic principles and evaluation of clinical effects of anticoagulant therapy
8. Basic principles and evaluation of clinical effects of antiparkinson therapy
9. Basic principles of therapy in myasthenic crisis
10. Basic principles of antimigraine therapy
11. Assessment of clinical therapy effects MS-
136
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
1.
2.
Nedi A., ivanovi O. PSIHIJATRIJA. izdava Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad (u tampi)
Kosti V. NEUROLOGIJA ZA STUDENTE MEDICINE. Medicinski fakultet u Beogradu,
2007
1. Leonard B.E. Fundamentals of Psychopharmacology, third edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2003
2. Kai T. FARMAKOLOGIJA Klinika farmakologija (4. izdanje). Integra, 2005
3. Kai T i Martinovi . KLINIKA NEUROFARMAKOLOGIJA. Medicinski fakultet Univeritet
Beograd, 1984.

Lecture
Practice
25
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
3
16
Red.prof. dr Milorad iki
Vanr. prof. drongor Na
Vanr. prof. dr Petar Slankamenac
Vanr. prof. dr Ksenija Boi
Vanr. prof. dr Ivana Divjak
Doc dr Marija arkov
Doc dr Milan Cvijanovi
Doc dr Mirjana Jovievi
Teaching Ass. mr. Sonja Kneevi
Teaching Ass. mr. Dragana Stefanovi
Teaching Ass. mr. Sofija Bani-Horvat
Teaching Ass. mr. Tamara Rabi-iki
Teaching Ass. mr. Aleksandar Kopitovi
Teaching Ass. mr. Bojana Petrovaki-Balj
Teaching Ass. mr. Svetlana Simi
Asis. pripravnik mr. Svetlana Ruika-Kaloci
Asis. pripravnik mr. Marija Semnic
Asi. pripravnik mr. Ksenija Gebauer-Bukurov
Ass.Prof.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
4
8
7
Full Prof. dr Ljiljana Boriev
Full Prof. dr Nikola Vukovi
Full Prof. dr Aleksandar Kneevi
Full Prof. dr Ratomir Lisulov
Full Prof. dr Dragan Mitrovi
Full Prof. dr Gordana Mii-Pavkov
Van. Prof dr Olga ivanovi
Assoc.Prof. dr Aleksandra Nedi
Assoc.Prof. dr Branislava Soldatovi- Staji
Van.Prof. dr Mina Cvjetkovi-Bonjak
Ass.Prof. dr Aleksandra Dickov
Teaching Ass. dr Miodrag Doroki
Teaching Ass. dr Vesna Vasi
Teaching Ass. dr Aleksandar Ivezi
Teaching Ass. dr Svetlana Kovaevi-Ivanovi
Teaching Ass. dr eni Silai-Mladenovi
Teaching Ass. dr Zoran Gaji
Teaching Ass. dr Jasminka Markovi
Teaching Ass. dr Slaana Martinovi Mitrovi
Teaching Ass. dr Svetlana Drezgi
Heads of Departments
137
48./49. THERAPY OF MALIGNANT HEMOPATHIES AND NEOPLASMS (FV-IPI / FV

IPII)
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Oncology
COURSE TITLE /
CODE
COURSE STATUS
THERAPY OF MALIGNANT HEMOPATHIES AND NEOPLASMS

Elective
Condition: To have passed exams in physiology and special pharmacology

Summer semester
Seminars
(hours/week)
Colloquia
ECTS credits
seminara
Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
v
2
1
0
0
6,0
Teaching methods
Theoretical and practical
Students acquiring knowledge on the basics of oncology, origin and occurrence of malignant cells, epidemiology and etiology,
diagnosis, treatment and types of complications in treatment of patients with malignant tumors.
Acquiring Knowledge about how to prepare and apply antineoplastics. Acquisition of knowledge of terminology in oncological
practice.
Introduction to the treatment protocols of specific localization of malignant tumors. Getting to know the
complications of therapy and complications arising from the malignant tumor. Application of symptomatic therapy
Knowledge
in the antineoplastic. Protocols in the treatment of complications due to use of cytostatics in the early and late phase
of recovery.
Applying Knowledge from chemotherapy of neoplasms (type, dose, time of application and method of preparation
Skills
antineoplastics). Application of Knowledge of supportive therapy in oncology patients. Application of knowledge
in the treatment of pain and depressive states (types of pain, pain measurement, etc.).
Year of
study
AIM
GOAL
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Origin and biology of malignant cells. Carcinogenesis, genetic predisposition and how tumors spread.
2. Epidemiology and etiology of malignant cells.
3. Division of malignant neoplasms and hemopathies and TNM classification
4. Basic principles of Oncology treatment ..
5. Basic principles of treatment of malignant hemopathies.
6. Methods antineoplastic drug application, procedures of application, storage, distribution and destruction of waste.
7. Treatment of complications arising from the malignant tumors (tumor break-up syndrome, paraneoplastic syndrome, etc.,)
8. Treatment of complications arising during the early and late phases of implementation of cytostatic protocol.
9. Therapy of emergency situation in oncology patients.
10. Treatment of pain and depressive syndrome
Practical classes
1. Getting to know the patients and their complaints.
2. Introduction to therapeutic protocols and the way of prescribing antineoplastic medicines (calculating body surface area and dose,
etc.)..
3. Learning about ways of administering drugs and how to detect early complications due to drug treatment.
4. Algorithm for the preparation of drug use (definition of drug, dissolution ways, distribution, application procedures, etc.).
5. Getting to know the patients who have pain or depressive syndrome and making decisions about the therapeutic scheme.
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
Lecture
25
Practice
25
2.
Osnovi onkologije i palijativna nega, urednik Darjana Jovanovi, izdava Medicinski fakultet
Novi Sad. 2008
Lekovi u prometu, Ana Sabo i sar. izdava Medicinski fakultet 2008.
1.
2.
3.
Cancer Principles and Practice of oncology Vincent de Vita 7 izdanje Lippincot

Martindale The Complete drug reference, GB PP2002
Regisatar lekova, farmaceutcko druvo Srbije, 2005.

Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
0
0
0
20
30
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.de
Teaching
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
138
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Prof. dr Darjana Jovanovi, full professor

Prof. dr Duan Jovanovi, full professor
Prof. dr Ljubomir Muzikravi, full professor
Prof. dr Marko Erak, associate professor
Prof. dr Andrija Golubovi, associate professor
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
3
2
4
Assist.Prof. dr Bojana Bokorov
Assist.Prof. dr Jasna Trifunovi
Assist.Prof. dr Aleksandar Savi
Assist. dr Svetlana Popovi-Petrovi
Assist. dr Milica ivaljevi
Assist. dr Zoran Radovanovi
Dr Lazar Popovi, Techn.demonstrator
Dr Gorana Matovina, Techn.demonstrator
Dr Biljana Kuki, Techn.demonstrator
Dipl. farm. Maja Ili, Techn.demonstrator
Head of Department
Prof. dr Darjana Jovanovi s.r.
139
50. PRACTICAL PRESCRIPTIVE PHARMACOLOGY AND

PHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY (FV-PREF)
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
PRACTICAL PRESCRIPTIVE PHARMACOLOGY

Mandatory
Condition: Farmaceutska tehnologija I, II, III, Biofarmacija, Farmakologija
COURSE TITLE / CODE

COURSE STATUS
Winter semester
Summer semester
(hours/week)
(hours/week)
Colloquia
Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
V
0
0
2
8
3
Teaching methods
Lectures. Practical work in public and hospital pharmacies.
Year of
study
Seminars
seminara
ECTS
credits
AIM
One of the aims of the course is to introduce students to theoretical and practical aspects of products that are manufactured both in
pharmacies and in the pharmaceutical industry, in the form of sterile shapes. Students will acquire knowledge about the types of
products, materials from which they are manufactured or produced in the pharmaceutical industry, formulation, preparation,
procedures of their development, testing confirmation od prescribed properties, ie. characteristics of products according to the
prescribed requirements of Pharmacopoeia for sterile medicinal products.
Also, the aim of the course is an independent development of various pharmaceutical preparations according to the prescriptions
from contemporary pharmacy practice, work on the issue of drugs and conducting administrative work in a pharmacy.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
Types of pharmaceutical preparations for which sterility is requested. Substances, materials and solvents for
making these preparations. Formulation of products and prescriptions. Method of development and production.
Primary packaging, signature and expedition. The tests that are prescribed by Pharmacopoeia for sterile medicinal
products. In the course of overcoming this, primarily practical objects, the student applies knowledge acquired
during the entire previous practical and theoretical teaching. The students also acquire and develop new knowledge
in the field of pharmacotherapy, pharmaceutical care, pharmaceutical technology and pharmaceutical regulations
and legal regulations
During the course, students will gain the necessary knowledge and skills needed for independent compounding of
sterile forms of drugs in the conditions of the pharmacy, i.e. its part - galenic laboratory. Parenteral preparations.
Injections. Infusions. Sterile solutions. Preparations for the eyes. Implants and other sterile preparations. Students
learns to apply and develop the skills gained in the course of study, build a personal professional attitude,
professional conduct and responsibility to service users in accordance with the standards and norms applied in the
world
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Introduction to pharmaceutical technology of sterile forms

2. Solvents for sterile liquid forms
3. Methods for sterilization
4. Air Sterilization
5. Devices for sterilization
6. Isotonic solutions and isotonization
7. Parenteral preparations
8. Injections
9. Infusion solutions
10. Solutions for hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis and irrigation
11. Sterile preparations for the eyes
12. Preparations with radioisotopes
13. Transdermal therapeutic systems (TTS)
14. Preparations with prolonged action
15. Sterility testing products
16. Other tests prescribed for sterile preparations
17. Implants and other sterile preparations
18. Primary forms of packaging for sterile products
19. Incompatibility between pharmacologically active substances
20. Knowledge of indications and contraindications, interactions, adverse and toxic effects of drugs
21. Dosing regimes, and individualization of therapy
22. Efficacy and safety of medicines
140
23. Prescriptive pharmacology of gastroenterologic diseases

24. Prescriptive pharmacology of renal diseases
25. Prescriptive pharmacology of cardiovascular diseases
26. Prescriptive pharmacology of hematological and oncologic diseases
27. Prescriptive pharmacology of endokrinological diseases
28. Prescriptive pharmacology of dermatovenerological diseases
Practical classes
1. Parenteral preparations. Sterilization and sterilization methods. Principles of sterility testing. Isotonic solutions and isotonization.
Units of concentration. Packaging of parenteral products (materials for production of packaging and type of primary packaging).
Injections to the Ph. Jug. IV and pH. Jug. V. Solvents and auxiliary material for making injectable preparations. Investigation of
injection. Packaging and administering of injections. Infusions and their classification. Solutions for hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis
and irrigation. Practical compounding. Discussion on prescriptions.
2. Eye preparations. Eye preparations according to the Ph. Jug.. IV (Oculoguttae, Oculenta, Collyria). Eye preparations acording to the
Ph. Jug.. V (eye drops, eye lotions, semi-solid eye preparations, ophthalmological inserts). Vehicular and auxiliary materials for
production of eye drops. Substrate for the production of eye ointments. Practical production of liquid and semi-solid preparations for the
eyes. General examination of eye drops and eye ointments. Packaging and administering. Discussion on prescriptions.
3. Practical compounding of products based on prescriptions from contemporary pharmacy practice.
4. Despensing and sale of drugs and medical devices.
5. Giving patients instructions for proper use of pharmaceutical forms of drugs.
6. Identifying and distinguishing symptoms and disease states lighter than heavier, which require that the patient went to the doctor.
7. The selection and counseling when dispensing with the regime without a prescription.
8. Monitoring, reporting and reporting of adverse reactions to drugs.
9. Monitoring and recording of drug interactions
10. Counseling patients and supporting compliance of the prescribed therapy.
11. Monitoring the use of drugs.
12. Introduction and implementation of the Law on Medicines and Medical Devices, Law on Health Protection, Law on the professional
health workers, the Law on Health Insurance, the Law on the substances used in the production of illegal narcotic drugs and
psychoactive substances.
13. Introduction and implementation of essential drug list and the list of drugs and medical devices that are prescribed at the cost of
health insurance funds.
14. The knowledge and application of regulations governing the work in the pharmacy.
15. Application of code of ethics in practice, ethical decision-making, assessment of professional responsibility.
1.
2.
Senjakovi R.: Osnove oblikovanja lijekova, kolska knjiga, Zagreb, 2003.

Jelenjak I., Jelenjak V., Filipovi-Gri J.: Farmaceutika, kolska knjiga, Zagreb,
1998.
Compulsory
3. Mili J., Primorac M., Stupar M.: Prirunik za Practice iz farmaceutske tehnologije
RECOMMENDE
sa biofarmacijom, Oblast: Sterilni lekoviti preparati, Beograd, 2005.
D LITERATURE
4. Varagi V, Miloevi M. Farmakologija. Elit Medica, Beograd 2007.
Sva ostala savremena literatura, nauni i struni radovi objavljeni u stranim i domaim
Optional
asopisima, kao i vaea zakonska regulativa.
Pre-exam activities
Final exam
Total
Lecture
Practice
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
100
10
10
30
50
Teaching staff
Techn.de
Teaching
monstrato
Lecturer
Ass.
r
4
3
1. Prof. dr Jovan Popovi
2. Prof. dr Ana Sabo
3. Prof. dr Momir Mikov
4. Prof. dr Kornelija akovi- vajcer
5. Prof. dr Zdenko Tomi
6. Doc dr Aleksandar Rakovi
Ass.Prof.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
2
1
4
As. dr Olga Horvat
Techn.demonstrator, dr Boris Milijaevi
Techn.demonstrator, Nataa Boikovi, dipl. farm.
Techn.demonstrator, Ana Pilipovi, dipl. farm.
Techn.demonstrator, Miladena Lali, dipl. farm
Head of Department
141
51./52. SELECTED TOPICS FROM CLINICAL PHARMACOKINETICS (FVIPIII / FV-IPIV)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
SELECTED TOPICS FROM CLINICAL PHARMACOKINETICS
COURSE STATUS
Izborni
Condition: To have passed exams from the previous year of study

Year of
study
V

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
0
4
1
5,0
Lectures, interactive lectures, internet, e-learning, practical training, workshops, learning based on
AIM
To understand the kinetic processes, which the drug in the body is subject to, kinetic analysis, and to apply pharmacokinetics in
clinical practice, particularly in determining dosage regimes for the implementation of rational pharmacotherapy.
GOAL
After passing the exam students are expected to be familiar with pharmacokinetic processes and factors that affect
them, know different approaches to pharmacokinetic data analysis, understand factors affecting the variability of
therapeutic response, know the ways of testing the biological availability and biological equivalence of medicinal
products, the terms related to drug clearance, volume distribution, half-elimination time, state of balance and their
Knowledge clinical importance, how drug pharmacokinetics determines the optimal time of application, the optimal dose, dose
interval and duration of drug administration, population pharmacokinetics, therapeutic drug monitoring (measuring
the concentration in plasma or measure response to the drug), the link between concentration of drug in plasma and
response.
Skills
Upon completion of the course, students are expected to be able to calculate pharmacokinetic parameters of single
and multiple dosing in the clinical conditions, assess the need for therapeutic drug monitoring, interpret the
measured concentrations of drugs, apply the principles of clinical pharmacokinetics, adjust dose based on its
measured concentration in serum; design and implement Pharmacokinetic studies, statistically process the results of
their own research.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Definition of clinical pharmacokinetics

2. Clinical pharmacokinetics of absorption
3. Determination of the biological usability of the "first-pass" elimination, during the absorption of only one dose
4. Clinical pharmacokinetics of distribution
5. Clinical pharmacokinetics of metabolism of drugs
6. Clinical pharmacokinetics of drug excretion
7. Models in clinical pharmacokinetics
8. Single compartment and two compartment models
9. Noncompartmental pharmacokinetic analysis
10. Ways to study the biological availability and biological equivalence of medicinal products
11. The terms drug clearance, volume of distribution, timeof half-elimination, state of balance and their clinical
significance
12. Cure kinetics model with simultaneous linear and nonlinear elimination and solution for multiple dosing
13. Population pharmacokinetics
14. Factors affecting inter-individual variation in response to the drug (Pharmacokinetic specificity; pharmacogenetic
variations, variations in the formulation of the drug)
15. Therapeutic drug monitoring
16. The importance of monitoring the effects of the drug in the body for clinical pharmacokinetics
17. Methods of monitoring the effects of drugs
18. The importance of monitoring drug concentration in plasma for clinical pharmacokinetics
19. Methods of measuring drug concentrations in plasma and saliva
20. The link between drug plasma concentrations and response to drug
21. Application of pharmacokinetic parameters in the individual manner of dosing drugs in clinical conditions
22. Effects of combined therapy of dosing in clinical conditions
23. Influence of age on the mode of dosing in clinical conditions
24. Dosage of drugs for children in clinical conditions
25. The influence of different pathological conditions on dosing regime
26. Determination of the initial dose and the new dose when the original did not achieve the desired concentration in
clinical conditions
27. Dosing interval
28. Examples of clinical pharmacokinetics of drugs and the calculation of basic parameters - single dose
29. Examples multiple drugsadministration in clinical conditions with concentrations presented graphically
30. Influenceof pharmacokinetic parameters on the appearance of pharmacokinetic curves in multiple drug administration
in clinical conditions
31. Influence of the initial dose on the drug concentration in multiple drug administration in clinical conditions
142
Practical classes
1. Methods of measuring drug concentration in serum: chromatographic and immunological methods
2. Plan of clinical studies for the examination of drug absorption
3. Plan of clinical studies which examine the distribution of drugs
4. Plan of clinical studies whicht examine the elimination of drugs
5. Plan of bioequivalence studies
6. Anticonvulsant dosing individualization based on measurements of drug concentrations in serum and saliva
7. Practical development of pharmacokinetic studies
8. Basic statistical methods in clinical pharmacokinetics
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
2.
1.
Optional
2.

edition, 2004.
Lecture
Practice
25
25
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
2
4
0
Prof. dr Ana Sabo
Prof. dr Kornelija akovi-vajcer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
1
1
4
7. As. dr Saa Vukmirovi
8. As. dr Mihalj Poa
9. As. dr Nataa Boikovi, Techn.demonstrator
10. As. dr Isidora Samojlik
11. As. dr Olga Horvat
12. Techn.demonstrator, dr Boris Milijaevi
Scientific
Researcher
Head of Department
143
51./52. DERMATOVENEROLOGY: DIAGNOSTICS AND THERAPY (FV-IPIII / FVIPIV)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Dermatovenerology
COURSE TITLE / CODE
DERMATOVENEROLOGY: DIAGNOSTICS AND THERAPY

optional
COURSE STATUS
Condition:
Year of
study
Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
5,0
Teaching methods
AIM
OBJECTIVE: Medical students learn about all Dermatitis which can manifest on the skin and visible mucosa.
Knowledge
Skills
give students a basis for further learning of facts related to Dermatitis which they should know.
acquiring basic skills related to basic diagnostic methods in dermatovenerology
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Anatomy and histology of the skin

2. Skin Physiology
3. Efflorescences
4. Histopathological changes in skin
5. Diagnostic methods
6. Allergic dermatoses
7. Parasitic dermatoses
8. Pyoderms
9. Tuberculosis skin
10. Viral skin diseases
11. Skin tumor
12. Erythematosquamous dermatoses
13. Bullous dermatoses
14. Papulous dermatoses
15. Photodermatosis
16. Pruriginous dermatoses
17. Keratoses and dyskeratoses
18. Autoimmune skin diseases
19. Circulatory diseases of the skin
20. Diseases of adnexal skin organs
21. Physical methods of therapy in dermatovenerology
22. Diseases of mucosa
23. Sexually transmitted diseases
24. Nonsexually transmitted diseases of the genitals
Practical classes
1. General propaedeutic data
2. Medical history
3. Objective View
4. Auxiliary diagnostic methods
5. Dermatological therapy
6. Visiting the Department
7. Visiting Cabinet
8. Working with patients
RECOMMENDED
Compulsory
LITERATURE
1. Lalevi-Vasi B. i sar. Dermatovenerologija sa propedevtikom. Udbenik za studente

medicine, III izmenjeno i dopunjeno izdanje, Savremena administracija,a.d., Beograd,
2006;1:1-372.
2. Mati B. Dermatoveneroloka propedevtika. III pretampano izdanje, Medicinski
fakultet Novi Sad, Futura, Novi Sad, 1992;1:1-59.
144
Optional
1. Poljaki M. Test pitanja iz dermatovenerologije. Univerzitet U Novom Sadu,

Medicinski fakultet, 1995.
2. Poljaki M, Jovanovi M, uran V. Novine u dijagnostici i terapiji dermatolokih
oboljenja. Novi Sad: Artas, Novi Sad, 2006;1:1-107.

Lecture
Practice
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
30
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
30
100
40
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
2
5
Prof dr Mirjana Poljaki - redovni
Prof. dr Verica uran - redovni
Prof. dr Marina Jovanovi - redovni
Prof. dr Slobodan Stojanovi - vanredni
Ass. dr Milica Suboti
Ass. dr Ljubinka Matovi
Ass.Prof.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
Ass. dr Zorica Gajinov

Ass. dr Milan Mati
Ass.dr Sonja Pri-Karadi
Ass. pripr. dr. Aleksandra Petrovi
Ass pripr. dr. Zoran Goluin
Head of Department
Prof. dr Verica uran s.r.
145
51./52.PAIN MEDICATION (FV-IPIII / FV-IPIV)

STUDIES
Integrated studies -Pharmacy
CHAIR
NAME OF CLASS
PAIN MEDICATION
Non obligatory
STATUS OF CLASS
term:
Year of
study
Winter sem. (no. class. week.)

elections
Methods
practical
Summer sem. (no. class. week)

elections
practical
Number of
colloquium
Number of
seminars
Number of
ESPB
1
4
Lectures. Practical work. Analgesics for pain therapy (step 1, step 2, step 3) (Case presentation and
discussion. Informing of patients.
GOAL
Basic goals in education of PAIN MEDICATION are recognition of pain as a global health problem and recognition of
biopsychosocial aspects of pain and pain consequences. Pain estimation and therapy and implementation of acquired knowledge
into practice. Development of critical opinion and ability for scientific research work.
PURPOSES
Recognition and assessment of multidimensional and complex pain phenomenena. Pain classification according to
pain mechanisms and time duration. Recognition of pain relief as a basic human right. Evaluation of quantity and
knowledge quality of pain. Pain medication according to quantity and quality of pain. Nonopioid and opioid analgesics.
Opiophobia. Political and legal barriers against to opioid use. Routes of analgesic administrations and techniques of
pain medication dependently on patient age and comorbidity.
Identification of pain and pain intensity estimation. Right choice of analgesics and coanalgesics in pain management.
skills
lecture methodic parts
163.Definition of pain. Pain as a global health problem. Pain as a biopsychosocial phenomena. Pain relief as a basic
human right. Role of WHO (World Health Organisation), IASP (The International Association for the Study of Pain),
EFIC (European Federation of Chapters of the International Association for the Study of Pain) and SAPRT (Serbian
Association of Pain Research and Treatment) in promoting pain knowledge and education, improving pain treatmants,
spreading and sharing new information in pain medicine and pain medication.
164.Components of peripheral and central mechanisms of pain. Classification of pain: acute and chronic, nociceptive,
nonnociceptive, psychogenic.
165.Cancer pain (chronic and acute and cancer related breakthrough pain: incidental, spontaneous, end of dose failure).
166.Endof-life pain (pain at the end of life and palliative care medication)
167.Services for pan treatment (acute pain services, chronic pain services, hospices). Barriers against adequate pain
treatment (health and pharmacy professionals and health authorities, patients, health and pharmacy institutions).
168.Pain intensity evaluation- subjective evaluation (golden standard). Visual Analogue Scale, Numerical Rating Scale,
Verbal Rating Scale. Pain intensity evaluation in pediatrics and geriatrics.
169.Pain medication according to pain ladder.Use of three steps analgesic ladder. Definition and use of pain management
index (PMI)
170.Paracetamol (first step). Mechanism of action, indications, efficacy and side effects.
171.Nonsteroidal antinflamatory drugs (first step): COX-1 and COX-2 inhibitors. Mechanism of action, indications,
efficacy and side effects.
172.Weak opioids (second step): codeine, tramadol. Mechanism of action, indications, efficacy and side effects.
173.Strong opioids (third step): morphine (short acting, IR and long acting, SR), fentanyl, methadone, hidromorphon,
oxycodone. Mechanism of action, indications, efficacy and side effects.
174.Opiophobia. Syndrome of addictions. Pseudoaddiction. Opioid side effects. Opioid abuse.
175.Coanalgesics: antidepressives (TCA:amitriptilin, SNRI, SSRI) and anticonvulsives (carbamazepine, gabapentin,
pregabalin). Mechanism of action, indications, efficacy and side effects.
176.Multimodal analgesia- optimization of pain medication and minimization of side effects.
177.Patient and family education, education of health care and pharmaceutical professionals.
178.Phytotherapy in pain treatment.
Practical lessons methodic parts
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
Identification of pain. Pain intensity evaluation (Case reports).

Pain intensity scales (Case reports).
Pain medication choice according to quantity and quality of pain. (Case reports).
TC (over the counter) analgesics. Phytotherapeutical medications for pain relief.
Nonopioid analgesics (Case reports: acute and chronic pain).
Opioid analgesics (Case reports: acute and chronic noncancer pain, cancer pain: acute chronic and cancer related
breakthrough pain).
58. Opioid analgesics. Equianalgesic doses of strong opioids and conversions. Opioid rotation (Case reports).
146
LITERATURE
obligatory
additional
36. Bonjak S, Beleslin D, Vukovi'Deki Lj. Farmakoterapija kancerskog bola. Akademija

medicinskih nauka Srpskog lekarskog drutva, Beograd 2007.
38.
number of points for activity
100
List of teachers and assistents

Cooperator
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
Cooperator
Cooperator
Cooperator
Prof.dr Miroslava Pjevi

Prof.dr Jovan Popovi
Prof.dr Ana Sabo
Prof.dr Danka Filipovi
Prof.dr Darjana Jovanovi
Prof dr Petar Slankamenac
Doc.dr Biljana Danii
. ,
. ,
Cooperator
Cooperator
Cooperator
Cooperator
77. Ass.dr Svetlana Simi

78. ss.dr Karmela Filipovi
79. ss.dr Sneana Stanisavljevi
Head of Department
147
51./52. MEDICATION IN PEDIATRICS (FV-IPIII / FV-IPIV)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Pediatrics
COURSE TITLE / CODE
MEDICATION IN PEDIATRICS
Elective
COURSE STATUS
Condition: to have passed the exam in Clinical Pharmacy

Year of
study
Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
5,0
0
4
1
Lectures. Practice in medication - case presentations
AIM
The main objectives of teaching are the adoption of knowledge and introduction of pharmacy students to the peculiarities of
medication from time of birth to 18 years age, as well as learning about the therapy of diseases in this period of life.
Attending lectures and workshops, students gain knowledge in the field of medication in the population from birth to
Knowledge 18 years, with emphasis on all the specifics of this age group (growth, development and nutrition).
GOAL
Skills
Appropriate approach and communication with patienst age from birth to 18 years and their family members. Need
of anamnesis and specific drugs, as well as need of specific therapy for this population.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
medication in pediatrics - opening lecture,

medication growth and development;
Pharmacokinetics in children, doses of medicines in children,
medication at the neonatal age,
Drugs and Breastfeeding,
Hereditary diseases and medication
medication in children's immunology
medication in children's hemato-oncology
medication in children's pulmonology,
medication in children's Nephrology,
medication in children's epileptology,
medication in children's gastroenterology,
medication in adolescence,
medication in children's cardiology
medication in pediatric endocrinology,
resuscitation, emergency conditions in pediatrics and medication
medication in urgent situations in pediatrics
medication-poisoning general terms, first aid, care of the most common poisoning in children,
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
The necessity of taking medication anamnesis

Medication in the neonatal age-case presentation,
Hereditary disease and medication-case presentation
Medication in children's immunology-case presentation
Medication in children's hematooncology-case presentation
Medication in children's pulmonology-case presentation
Medication in children's Nephrology-case presentation
Medication in children's epileptology-case presentation
Medication in children's gastroenterology-case presentation
Medication in adolescence-case presentation
Medication in children's cardiology-case presentation
Medication in pediatric Endocrinology-case presentation
Resuscitation, emergency conditions in pediatric and medication-case presentation
Medication in urgent situations in paediatrics-case presentation
1. Stepanobi R. Pedijatrija, Udbenik pza studente medicine, Beograd, 2001

RECOMMENDED
Compulsory
LITERATURE
148
Optional
1. Stojimirovi E, Banievi M. Pedijatrija. Beograd ,1993

Lecture
Practice
20
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
50
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
prof. dr Aleksandar Cveji

prof. dr Jadranka Jovanovi-Privrodski
prof. dr Jovan Vlaki
prof. dr Ljubica Mili-Georgijevi
prof. dr Anelka Ristivojevi
prof. dr Slobodanka Petrovi
prof. dr Radmila Ljutina-Pribi
prof. dr Nada Konstantinidis
prof. dr Georgios Konstantinidis
prof. dr Dragan Katani
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
9
3
11. prof. dr Svetlana Stefanovi-Saravolac
12. prof. dr Marija Kneevi-Poganev
13. Assist.Prof. dr Olgica Milankov
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Assist.Prof. dr Aleksandra Stojadinovi

Assist.Prof. dr Jovanka Kolarovi
Assist. dr Gordana Velisavljev
Assist. dr Biljana Miloevi
Assist. dr Danijela Jojki-Pavkov
Assist. dr. Ivana Kavean
Assist. dr Gordana Vijatov
Assist. prip. Goranka panovi
Assist. prip. Vesna Stojanovi
Assist. prip. Slobodan Spasojevi
Head of Department
Prof.dr Jadranka Jovanovi-Privrodski, s.r.
149
51./52. MEDICATION IN GERIATRICS (FV-IPIII / FV-IPIV)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Geriatrics
MEDICATION IN GERIATRICS
Elective
Condition: Passed all the exams from previous years of study
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE STATUS
Year of
study

Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
Teaching methods
Colloquia
Seminars
ECTS credits
5,0
Lecture. Praktina nastava: prikazi sluejeva, radionice.
AIM
The main objectives are to introduce students of pharmacy to the most common medication problems in the geriatric population
with emphasis on major differences in the physiological characteristics of the old and the treatment of various diseases and
conditions. Teaching pharmacists how to properly approach people over 65 years of age, due to increased needs of this age group
for health care and specific therapy management, including common polypragmasia. Inetreactive methods of education within the
workshop.
GOAL
During the attendance all students acquire the necessary knowledge of the biological basis of aging, reduced
metabolic capabilities and disorders of cognitive functions. Particular attention is paid to problems of self-medication,
Knowledge polypragmasia and interaction of drugs. Knowledge is gained on the most common diseases in this population and
their proper therapeutic approach.
Appropriate approach and communication with the geriatric patient and his family members as well as providing
advice in relation to the use of various drugs
Skills
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1 Aging of the population and quality of life for the elderly - health care for the old 2. Biology of Aging 3. Physiological changes in old
age. 4. Immune system and aging 5 Immunization of the elderly 6. Pharmacogenetics and treatment options. 7. Influence of drugs on the
results of clinical biochemical parameters 8. Disturbance of water and electrolyte metabolism in old people 9. Specific pharmacotherapy
of the elderly. 10. Errors in pharmacotherapy of old people 11. Poisoning in older age 12. Polypragmasia and compliance 13.
Phytotherapy and nutrition 14 Disturbance of cognitive functions 15 Drug prescribing in older age. 16. Treatment of pain in the elderly
and the specifics of anesthesia in elderly persons 17. Antimicrobial agents in the old 18. Hormone therapy in the elderly 19. Treatment of
diabetes 20. Application nonsteroid anti-inflammatory drugs in the elderly. 21. Antihypertensive drugs 22. Treatment of heart failure and
rhythm disorders in the old 23. Therapy of neurological diseases 24. Treatment of the most common psychiatric disorders. 25. Therapy
of gastroenterological diseases. 26. Therapy of malignant diseases. 27. Therapy of hematological diseases. 28. Treatment of diseases of
the respiratory system. 29. Selfmedication and drug interactions. 30. Pharmacoeconomics.
Practical classes
1. Communication with geriatric patients and family members. 2. Prescribing drug to chronic geriatric patients. 3.Phytotherapy and
nutrition 4. Polypragmasia and compliance 5. Interpretation of the results of clinical biochemical parameters depending on the prescribed
therapy 6. Poisoning 7. Hormone therapy in the elderly workshop 8.Treatment of diabetes - workshop. 9. Application of nonsteroid
anti-inflammatory drugs in the elderly - workshop 10 Cardiac therapy workshop 11. Therapy of neurological and psychiatric diseases workshop 12 Treatment of malignant and hematological diseases - workshop 13. Treatment of Pain - workshop 14. Antimicrobial agents
workshop 15. Pharmacoeconomics - workshop
1.
Compulsory
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Optional
2.
3.
Vukadinov J. Gerijatrija. Udbenik za studente medicine. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, u

tampi
Davidovi M. Gerijatrija, Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 1998.
Davidovi M, Miloevi D, Kosti V. Savremena gerijatrija, 2003.
1. Landefeld SC, Palmer MR, Johnson MA, Johnson BC, Lyons LW. Current Geriatric Diagnosis and
Treatment. The McGroww Hill Companies, 2004. New York, USA

Lecture
Practice
15
15
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
20
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
20
30
Total
100
150
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
1
Prof dr Jovan Vukadinov, associate professor
Prof. dr Grozdana anak, associate professor
Prof. dr Pavle Pantelinac, full professor
Pro.f dr Nevena Seen,associate professor
Prof dr ore Povaan, associate professor
Prof. dr Ljubomir Muzikravi, associate professor
Prof. dr Ljiljana Hadnaev, full professor
Prof. dr Petar Slankamenac, full professor
Prof dr Kornelija akovi vajcer, redovni prof.
Prof dr Miroslava Pjevi, full professor
Ass.Prof.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
6
7
9
Prof dr Ljiljana Boriev, full professor
Prof. dr Jovan Popovi, full professor
Doc dr Slavenka Vodopivec
Doc dr Vesna Turkulov
Prof. dr Dejan Saka, associate professor
Doc dr Tatjana Ili
Doc dr Sandra Stefan Miki
Doc dr Erebet A Nikoli
Prof. Dr Olga ivanovi,associate professor
Prof dr Mirjana eri, full professor
Doc dr Tatjana urevi Mirkovi
As. dr sci Sinia Sevi
Scientific
Researcher
Head of Department
Prof. dr Jovan Vukadinov s.r.
151
51./52. DRUGS IN GYNECOLOGY, PREGNANCY AND LACTATION

(FV-IPIII / FV-IPIV)
Department of Gynecology and Obstetrics
COURSE TITLE / CODE DRUGS IN GYNECOLOGY, PREGNANCY AND LACTATION
COURSE STATUS
Elective
Condition: Special Pharmacology
STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Year of
study

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
5,0
Lecture, practise
AIM
The aim of education is for students to:

- acquire necessary knowledge of gynecology and obstetrics in order to be able to use it as a basis for learning
pharmacotherapy in gynecology and obstetrics
- form a positive attitude toward birth in order to contribute in practice to educational health work with women with
AIMem to prepare for a healthy pregnancy and maternity
- understand the specific problems of women in all seasons of life in order to be willing to work through rational
pharmacotherapy in disease prevention and health promotion.
-
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
Students are expected to:

- understand specific application of drugs in gynecology, pregnancy and lactation,
- understand and apply the concept of medicine / pharmacy based on evidence in gynecology and obstetrics,
- Identify, assess and solve problems related to using drugs in gynecology and obstetrics,
- Monitor and advise the gynecological patients, pregnant women and puerpere in connection with the administration
of the drug.
Training students to:
- communicate with health professionals and patients about rational pharmacotherapy in gynecology, pregnancy and
lactation
- Implement, monitor, evaluate and, where appropriate, propose modifications in therapy AIMu providing efficient,
safe and economically justified pharmacotherapy in gynecology and obstetrics
Theoretical classes
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Specific application of drugs in gynecology, pregnancy and lactation

Transport of drugs through the placenta and fruit
Excretion of drugs in breastmilk
Teratogenicity of drugs
Uterotonics and tocolytics
Estrogens and gestagens
Antibiotic care in obstetrics (prophylactic and therapeutic)
Antiviral drugs in gynecology and obstetrics
Antitumor drugs in gynecology and obstetrics
Anticoagulants in gynecology and obstetrics
Procoagulants in gynecology and obstetrics
Hypotensives in pregnancy and lactation
Antiasthmatics in pregnancy and lactation
Antiarrhytmics in pregnancy and lactation
Application of analgesics in pregnancy and lactation
Application of anticonvulsants in pregnancy and lactation
Nonstandard antirheumatics in pregnancy and lactation
Application of corticosteroids in obstetrics, pregnancy and lactation
Insulin and oral antidiabetics in pregnancy and lactation
Thyreostatics and thyroxine during pregnancy and lactation
General and Local Anesthetics in gynecology, pregnancy and lactation
Mestinon and immunomodulation
Vaccination and immunoprophylaxis in gynecology, pregnancy and lactation
Interferons in gynecology, pregnancy and lactation
Prostaglandins in gynecology, pregnancy and lactation
The application of psychiatric drugs in pregnancy and lactation
Vitamins and minerals in pregnancy and lactation
Occupational exposure of pregnant women to harmful substances
Mothers addicted newborn, neonatal withdrawal syndrome and fetal alcohol syndrome
152
Practical classes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Physiology of different age and life periods of women and hormonal status
Physiology of pregnancy and hormonal status
Normal, early, and pathological postterm delivery and drug administration
Normal puerperium and pathological conditions in puerperium
Inflammatory diseases of female genitals and therapy
Tumors of female genitals and therapy
Bbleeding in gynecology and obstetrics with therapy (compensation of water, electrolytes, and transfusion)
Treatment of hypertension in pregnancy
Treatment of nausea and vomiting in pregnancy
Drugs for stimulation and stop of lactation
Hormone therapy in gynecological practice
Hormonal contraception in women
The use of herbal medicines in pregnancy
Abortion (caused by medications)
Infertility treatment by medications
Skills of communication, history and gynecological examination
Diagnostic procedures for detecting inflammatory diseases of female genitals
Screening methods, diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in gynecology
Role in family planning
Diagnostic methods and procedures in children and adolescent age
Application of ultrasonography in the diagnosis of gynecological diseases
Procedures in the diagnosis of marital fertility
Endoscopic diagnostic procedures in obstetrics
Testing function of the lower urinary tract in women
Examination of pregnant women
Methods of monitoring the fetus during pregnancy
Diagnostic - therapeutic procedures in obstetrics
Obstetrical procedures during delivery
Care of the newborn immediately after birth
Lactation and breastfeeding, puerperal monitoring, episiotomy care
1.
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
2.
Optional
1.
2.
urevi S. Bujas M. Segedi D. Praktikum iz ginekoloko-akuerske dijagnostike i

terapije. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2004.
Plea D, Stanimirovi B, Stankovi A, Vasiljevi M. Ginekologija i akuerstvo za
studente medicine. Medicinski fakultet, Univerzitet u Beogradu, Katedra za ginekologiju i
akuerstvo. Cibid 2006.
elmi J, Franceti I, Ivanievi M. Lijekovi u trudnoi i laktaciji, Grafing, Zagreb 2003.
Franceti I, Vitezi D. Osnove klinike farmakologije, Medicinska naklada, Zagreb 2007.

Pre-exam activities
Total
Final exam
Lecture
Practice
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Written
Oral
25
25
20
30
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Prof. dr Mirko Pjevi

Prof. dr Dimitrije Segedi
Prof. dr Vule Vinjevac
Prof. dr Milana Maticki Sekuli
Prof. dr Zoran Belopavlovi
Prof. dr Jelka Vukeli
Prof. dr Tihomir Vejnovi
Prof. dr Sinia Stoji
Prof. dr Ljubomir Milainovi
Prof. dr Sran urevi
Prof. dr Aleksandra Novakov Miki
Prof. dr Mirjana Bogavac
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
22.
23.
24.
Scientific
Researcher
Assist.Prof. dr Aleksandra Kapamadija

Assist.Prof. dr Aleksandar uri
Assist.Prof. dr Vesna Kopitovi
Assist.Prof. dr Zorica Gruji
Assist. dr Gordana Radeka
Assist. dr Nenad etkovi
Assist. dr Artur Bjelica
Assist. dr Ljiljana Mladenovi Segedi
Assist. pripravik dr ore Petrovi
Assist. dr Aljoa Mandi
Assist. dr Aleksandra Trnini Pjevi
Head of Department
Prof. dr Milana Maticki Sekuli s.r.
153
51./52. FORENSIC TOXICOLOGY (FV-IPIII / FV-IPIV)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
Department of Forensic Medicine

FORENSIC TOXICOLOGY
Elective
COURSE TITLE / CODE

COURSE STATUS
Condition: Toxicology with analytics

Year of
study

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice

Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
0
4
1
1
5,0
Lectures. Taking samples for analysis. Practical work with the material of Toxicology: Writing
reports..
1
AIM
The main objectives of education are to introduce students to the elements of physical and psychological protection
and integrity of each person, in which intertwine medicine and law. In particular, students should be familiar with
chemical causes of health disabilities and methods of proof. Mastering the skills for practical application of
knowledge gained in practice and in court. Development of critical thinking and skills for scientific research.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
Introducing students to the forms of natural and violent damage to health, legislative regulations in the
area and ways of solving problems.
The application of sophisticated technology in forensic toxicology and possibilities of application in
scientific research.
Application of knowledge in the profession: The art of sample identification on the spot, taking samples
for toxicological expertise; Mastering the basic skills of expertise in court.
Application of analysis and synthesis in the establishment of causal connection between the cause - final
biological consequences (terminal cause of death).
COURSE DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Theoretical classes
Brief history of forensic science. The concept of forensic medicine and its tasks.
Forensic expert witness and experts report, legal regulations and principles of forensic-medical
expertise.
Term damage to health - natural and violent. Classification of injuries, according to active noxa.
General and special toxicology. Definitions. Terms of poisoning. The effect of poison. The elimination of
toxins.Methods of proving poisoning. Sampling for chemical and toxicological analysis. Iterpretation of
results. Classification of poisons: caustic poisons and poisons with resorptive action. Pesticides. Gas
poisons; Cyan. Heavy metals; Convulsive poisons. Medicaments; poison gases. Poisons of organic
origin.
Drug addiction - Opiates; Psychostimulants; Hallucinogens.
Ethyl, methyl and propyl alcohol as a forensic medical problem
Forms and nature of poisoning - happen, suicide, murder.
Practical classes
1. Getting to know the contents of toxicological laboratory of the Institute for Forensic Medicine.
2. Working in the chemical toxicological laboratory: Getting to know the capacity and performance of the gas and liquid
chromatograph and UV spectrophotometers in toxicology and drug identification.
3. Sampling on the spot. Taking samples from the corpses.
4. Processing of samples - solid-liquid extraction (SPE), liquid-liquid extraction, ultrasonic extraction in the bathroom.
5. Preparation of samples for GCMS analysis - treatment and derivatization.
6. Writing the findings and opinions.
RECOMMENDED
Compulsor y
LITERATURE
1.
2.
M. Milovanovi: "Sudska medicina" (all editions)

Popovi D. ovljanski M. i Tasi M: "Odabrana poglavlja iz sudske medicine". Medicinski
fakultet Novi Sad
Seminar paper not compulsory optional
154
1.
2.
Optional
Tasi M. i saradnici: "Sudska medicina". Novi Sad 2007.

Momilo Mokranjac: Toksikoloka hemija, Grafopan, Beograd, 2001

Lecture
Practice
40
20
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
5 (ili =02)
Total
Final exam
Written
Oral
5 (ili 102)
100
30
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
4.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Prof. dr Milan Simi, full professor

Prof. dr Radenko Vukovi, full professor
Prof. dr Branislav Budakov, full professor
Prof. dr Dragan Drakovi, associate professor
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Scientific
Researcher
Prof. dr Goran Stojiljkovi, associate professor

As. dr andor Taka
As. dr Stojan Petkovi
As. dr Igor Veselinovi
As. dr Vladimir Pilija
As. dr Miljen Maletin
Head of Department
Prof. dr Milan Simi s.r.
If student hasnt submitted the essay
155
51./52. RADIOPHARMACY (FV-IPIII / FV-IPIV)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
COURSE TITLE / CODE
RADIOPHARMACY
Elective
COURSE STATUS
Condition: Passed exams in appropriate subjects (biophysics and physical chemistry)

Year of
study

Lecture
Teaching methods
Practice
Lecture.
Practice
Colloquia
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
5,0
Lectures, interactive lectures, internet, e-learning, practice, workshops, learning based on

computational problems, analysis of cases from the practice, participation in research and
AIM
Introducing students to the basic concepts of radioactivity, ionizing radiation and their applications in medicine and
pharmacy. Introducing students to the radiopharmaceuticals used for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes.
Knowledge of rediopharmaceuticals and their application in pharmacy.
Knowledge
GOAL
Upon completion of the course, the student is expected to be able, based on knowledge of detailed
characteristics of radiopharmaceuticals, to make the appropriate selection for use in practice.
Skills
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
1. Ionizing radiation
2. Nuclear decays and characteristics of nuclear radiation
3. Neutron and proton radiation
4. Radioactive nuclides
5. Application of radioactive isotopes in medicine and pharmacy
6. Dosimetry and Radiation Protection
7. Radiopharmaceuticals
8. Tehnetium- 99m
9. Radiofarmaceutici on the basis of other gamma emitter
10. RET radiopharmaceuticals
Practical classes
1. Ionizing radiation in practice

2. Practical aspects of implementation and consequences of nuclear disintegration, and nuclear radiation
3. Application of energy protons and neutron radiation in medicine and pharmacy
4. Radioactive nuclides in medicaland pharmaceutical practic
5. Application of radioactive isotopes in practice
6. Dosimetry and radiation protection in practice
7. Application of Nuclear pharmacy practice
8. Practical aspects of implementation of Tehnetiuma-99m
9. Practical application of Nuclear pharmacy based on other gamma emitters
10. RET radiopharmaceuticals - application in practice
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
Optional
1. J. Simonovi sa saradnicima, Biofizika u medicini, Beograd.

2. I. Aniin sa saradnicima, Radioaktivnost, Institut Vina Beograd, 1998
3. N. Valni-Razumeni i saradnici, Radiofarmaceutici-sinteza, osobine i primena,
Monografija, Velasta, Beograd, 1998
Sva savremena literatura i novi nauni radovi objavljeni u domaim i stranim asopisima
iz oblasti radiofarmacije.
Lecture
Practice
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
Total
100
156
25
25
50
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
1.
2.
3.
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Prof. dr Zoran Stoi, full professor

Prof. dr Mirjana eri, full professor
Prof. dr Ferenc Dujmovi, full professor
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
0
3
As. Radmila eravica
As. Sunica Koji-Damjanov
As. Romana Mijovi
As. Biljana Vukovi
As. Velibor abarkapa
Branislava Ilini, Techn.demonstrator
Scientific
Researcher
Head of Department
157
53. FINAL (DIPLOMA) WORK (FV-ZR)

STUDY PROGRAM
DEPARTMENT
FINAL (DIPLOMA) WORK

Mandatory
Condition: Exams passed in all subjects
COURSE TITLE / CODE
COURSE STATUS
Year of
study

Lecture
Practice
Lecture.
Colloquia
Practice
Seminars
seminara
ECTS credits
20
Teaching methods
AIM
The aim of the final work is that future Pharmacist:

Can apply knowledge gained from the subject "Introduction to Research Work and Experience from Previous
Studies.
Can apply the methodology of research work to solve concrete problems.
Shows that he/she knows how to use methods of statistical data processing and appropriate tables and graphic
presentations
Demostrates methods of finding the appropriate literature data with the application of information systems to
search foreign and domestic biomedical databases.
Demonstrates the ability of presenting the results of research in writing and oral defense.
Knowledge
GOAL
Skills
After successful defense of final work a pharmacist is qualified to engage in further scientific research
and publish his/her observations and scientific achievements in magazines or somewhere else.
In addition to conquering this segment of his/her own education, he/she becomes more competent as
educator in the process of continuous education of health workers.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Theoretical classes
The application for the diploma work, its content, time, place and manner of defense are regulated by a special Regulation
concerning final exams.
Practical classes
RECOMMENDED
LITERATURE
Compulsory
Optional

Lecture
Practice
Pre-exam activities
Colloquium
Essay
Other
Final exam
Written
Oral
The Commission evaluates the final work grading it 5 -10. A passing grade (6-10) is taken into account for
the avarage grade of the student. Unsuccesful final work defense is graded 5.
Total
100
Teaching staff
Techn.dem
onstrator
Teaching
Ass.
Lecturer
Ass.Prof.
Assoc.Prof.
Full Prof.
Scientific
Researcher
Mentor - professor
Head of Department
158

Pharmacy Study Plan

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Pharmacy Study Plan

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

University of Novi Sad

Integrated Academic Studies in Pharmacy

The Structure of the Study Program

Objectives of the Curriculum

ENGLISH LANGUAGE COURSE IS OPTIONAL THROUGHOUT ENTIRE STUDY PERIOD.

14. FII-HUGE HUMAN GENETICS

III -YEAR OF STUDY

12. and 17.

13. and 14.

12. and 13.

540 330 870

24., 28. and

24., 28. and

39. and 40.

ELECTIVES III and IV

2. Dermatovenerology: Diagnostics and Therapy

Research scientific work

* Optional practical work beyond Active teaching hours

Integrated studies of Pharmacy

COURSE TITLE / CODE

Winter semester (hours/week)

Summer semester (hours/week)

Lecture. Practice with and without computer.

Students activity assessment (points)

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS, FACULTY OF SCIENCES, UNIVERSITY OF NOVI SAD

COURSE TITLE / CODE

Winter semester (hours/week)

Summer semester (hours/week)

Lecture and discussion, Experiments and laboratory activities

1. Physics knowledge basic knowledge of the discipline of physics, including phenomenology,

prof. dr Miroslav Veskovi, chief

3. GENERAL CHEMISTRY (FI-OHEM)

Integrated studies of Pharmacy

COURSE TITLE / CODE

Winter semester (hours/week)

Summer semester (hours/week)

Lectures, experiments, demonstrations, and chemical calculations.

Independent work in chemical laboratories.

Introduction. Basic chemical laws.

Separation of mixture components.

1. Nada Perii-JanjiOPTA HEMIJA, NAUKA, Beograd

Students activity assessment (points)

Prof dr Nada Perii-Janji

4. ANATOMY WITH HISTOLOGY IN PHARMACY (FI-AN/HS)

Integrated studies of Pharmacy

Department of Anatomy and Department of Histology and Embryology

COURSE TITLE / CODE

ANATOMY WITH HISTOLOGY IN PHARMACY

Winter semester (hours/week)

Summer semester (hours/week)

Theoretical and practical classes

Mihalj M. Anatomija oveka. Educa Novi Sad, 2001.

Junkvera L, Karneiro J. Osnovi histologije, tekst i atlas. Urednici i prevodioci Lakovi V,

Students activity assessment (points)

5. GENERAL BOTANY (FI-OBOT)

Winter semester (hours/week)

Summer semester (hours/week)

Students activity assessment (points)

Sanja Todorovic, Techn. demonstrator

6. HEALTH STATISTICS IN PHARMACY (FI-ZSTA)

Integrated studies of Pharmacy

COURSE TITLE / CODE

HEALTH STATISTICS IN PHARMACY

Condition: Biomatematika (for taking the exam)